US20090036409A1 - Novel inhibitors of chymase - Google Patents

Novel inhibitors of chymase Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090036409A1
US20090036409A1 US12/229,077 US22907708A US2009036409A1 US 20090036409 A1 US20090036409 A1 US 20090036409A1 US 22907708 A US22907708 A US 22907708A US 2009036409 A1 US2009036409 A1 US 2009036409A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
aryl
phenyl
benzothiophen
alkoxy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/229,077
Inventor
Michael J. Hawkins
Michael N. Greco
Eugene Powell
Lawrence de Garavilla
Bruce E. Maryanoff
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US12/229,077 priority Critical patent/US20090036409A1/en
Publication of US20090036409A1 publication Critical patent/US20090036409A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6561—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/30—Phosphinic acids R2P(=O)(OH); Thiophosphinic acids, i.e. R2P(=X)(XH) (X = S, Se)
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/08—Bronchodilators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/16—Central respiratory analeptics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P41/00—Drugs used in surgical methods, e.g. surgery adjuvants for preventing adhesion or for vitreum substitution
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/30—Phosphinic acids R2P(=O)(OH); Thiophosphinic acids, i.e. R2P(=X)(XH) (X = S, Se)
    • C07F9/32—Esters thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/38—Phosphonic acids RP(=O)(OH)2; Thiophosphonic acids, i.e. RP(=X)(XH)2 (X = S, Se)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/38—Phosphonic acids RP(=O)(OH)2; Thiophosphonic acids, i.e. RP(=X)(XH)2 (X = S, Se)
    • C07F9/40—Esters thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/38—Phosphonic acids RP(=O)(OH)2; Thiophosphonic acids, i.e. RP(=X)(XH)2 (X = S, Se)
    • C07F9/40—Esters thereof
    • C07F9/4003—Esters thereof the acid moiety containing a substituent or a structure which is considered as characteristic
    • C07F9/4006—Esters of acyclic acids which can have further substituents on alkyl
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/572—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/572—Five-membered rings
    • C07F9/5728—Five-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/59—Hydrogenated pyridine rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/60—Quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/62—Isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/655—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/65515—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a five-membered ring
    • C07F9/65517—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a five-membered ring condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having sulfur atoms, with or without selenium or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/655345—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having sulfur atoms, with or without selenium or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the sulfur atom being part of a five-membered ring
    • C07F9/655354—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having sulfur atoms, with or without selenium or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the sulfur atom being part of a five-membered ring condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6558—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system
    • C07F9/65583—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system each of the hetero rings containing nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6558—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system
    • C07F9/65586—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system at least one of the hetero rings does not contain nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic System
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6564—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6571—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/657163—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms the ring phosphorus atom being bound to at least one carbon atom
    • C07F9/657181—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms the ring phosphorus atom being bound to at least one carbon atom the ring phosphorus atom and, at least, one ring oxygen atom being part of a (thio)phosphonic acid derivative

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to certain novel compounds, methods for preparing compounds, compositions, intermediates and derivatives thereof and methods for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders. More particularly, the compounds of the present invention are serine protease inhibitors useful for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders.
  • Serine proteases represent a broad class of proteolytic enzymes that are involved in physiological processes such as blood coagulation, complement activation, phagocytosis and turnover of damaged cell tissue.
  • chymase has been implicated in microvascular leakage, neutrophil accumulation, the stimulation of mucus secretion, and the modulation of cytokines.
  • a potent, chymase-selective inhibitor may be indicated in mast cell-mediated diseases such as asthma, pulmonary inflammation, and chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases (COPD).
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases
  • chymase can play a role in the generation of cardiac and vascular wall angiotensin II
  • an inhibitor may have potential use as an antihypertensive treatment for vascular wall injury and inflammation (atherosclerosis/restenosis), as well as cardiac hypertrophy.
  • small molecule inhibitors of chymase are likely to represent useful therapeutic agents.
  • phosphonic acid and phosphinic acid compounds that are serine protease inhibitors, in particular, inhibitors of chymase, useful for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders. It is another object of the invention to provide a process for preparing phosphonic or phosphinic acid compounds, compositions, intermediates and derivatives thereof. It is a further object of the invention to provide methods for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders.
  • the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I)
  • ring A is optionally substituted with R 2 and R 3 ;
  • Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above.
  • An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention is also directed to methods to for producing the instant compounds and pharmaceutical compositions an medicaments thereof.
  • the present invention is further directed to methods for treating or ameliorating a serine protease-mediated disorder.
  • the method of the present invention is directed to treating or ameliorating a chymase mediated disorder such as, but not limited to, allergic rhinitis, viral rhinitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, acute lung injury, psoriasis, arthritis, reperfusion injury, ischemia, hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, heart failure damage associated with myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis (e.g., associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts), pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis (e.g., associated with glomerulonephritis), liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic
  • FIG. 1 shows the percent change in specific lung resistance (SR L ) from baseline for Compound 17 when administered via aerosol inhalation compared to control in a spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep over an 8 hour period.
  • SR L specific lung resistance
  • FIG. 2 shows the change in the cumulative carbachol dose required to increase SR L 400% (PC 400) from a baseline value (BSL) measured at 24 hours post-dosing of, Compound 17 via aerosol inhalation delivery in the spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep compared to a 24 hour post-dosing challenge with carbachol (Post Antigen).
  • FIG. 3 shows the percent change in specific lung resistance (SR L ) from baseline for Compound 17 when administered via oral administration compared to control in a spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep over an 8 hour period.
  • SR L specific lung resistance
  • FIG. 4 shows the change in the cumulative carbachol dose required to increase SR L 400% (PC 400) from a baseline value (BSL) measured at 24 hours post-dosing of Compound 17 via oral administration in the spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep compared to a 24 hour post-dosing challenge with carbachol (Post Antigen).
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
  • aryl is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl and benzo fused cycloalkyl optionally substituted with R 2 and R 3 .
  • ring system A is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl, or aryl.
  • A is a bicyclic ring system of the formula:
  • a 2 is an aromatic ring.
  • ring system A is selected from the group consisting of naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, dihydronaphthyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, and benzodioxolyl when n is equal to zero; and A is phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, or pyridin-3-yl when n is equal to one.
  • the a 2 ring will be aromatic.
  • ring system A is selected from the group consisting of naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzothiophenyl, when n is equal to zero, and A is selected from phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, and pyridin-3-yl when n is equal to one.
  • a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes compounds of Formula (I) wherein n is equal to one.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula wherein R 2 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting C 1-6 alkyl, methoxy, C 2-6 alkoxy, —NH 2 , NH(C 1-6 -alkyl), —N(C 1-6 )dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro; wherein C 1-6 alkyl and C 2-6 alkoxy are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from —NR 11 R 12 , aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogens, and hydroxy.
  • R 2 is a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, methoxy, C 2-4 alkoxy, hydroxy, halogen, and —NH 2 .
  • R 2 is C 1-4 alkyl, halogen, or —NH 2 .
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, —OCH 2 (C 2-6 )alkenyl, NH 2 , —NH(C 1-6 alkyl), —N(C 1-6 )dialkyl, —NHC( ⁇ O)Cy, —N(C 1-6 alkyl)C( ⁇ O)Cy, —C( ⁇ O)C 1-4 alkoxy, —C( ⁇ O)NR 17 R 18 , —C( ⁇ O)NHcycloalkyl, —C( ⁇ O)N(C 1-6 alkyl)cycloalkyl, —C( ⁇ O)NHCy, —C( ⁇ O)N(C 1-6 alkyl)Cy, —C( ⁇ O)Cy, —OC( ⁇ O)NR 19 R 20 , halogen, hydroxy,
  • R 3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, —NR 19 R 20 , —NHC( ⁇ O)Cy, —C( ⁇ O)NR 17 R 18 , —C( ⁇ O)NHcycloalkyl, —C( ⁇ O)N(C 1-6 alkyl)cycloalkyl, halogen, and aryl; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with one to three fluorine atoms, —NH 2 , —NHCy, or —N(C 1-4 alkyl)Cy; and wherein aryl and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with a group independently selected from R 14 .
  • R 3 is one to two substituents independently selected from trifluoromethyl, C 1-4 alkoxy optionally substituted with one to three fluorine atoms, —NH 2 , —NHC( ⁇ O)Cy, or halogen.
  • Cy is preferably piperadinyl, and substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkylC( ⁇ O)C 1-4 alkyl, —C 1-4 alkylC( ⁇ O)C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 alkylC( ⁇ O)aryl, —C( ⁇ O)(C 1-4 )alkyl, —C( ⁇ O)(C 1-4 )alkoxy, —C( ⁇ O)aryl, —SO 2 aryl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; wherein aryl and the aryl portion of the C 1-4 alkylC( ⁇ O)aryl, —C( ⁇ O)aryl, and —SO 2 aryl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, NH 2
  • R 3 is trifluoromethyl, one to two fluorine atoms, chloro, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or NH 2 ; furthermore, when A is naphthyl and n is equal to zero, R 3 is (4- ⁇ [1-(naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-piperadine-4-carbonyl]-amino ⁇ -naphthalene-2-yl.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein X is hydrogen or C 1-3 alkyl.
  • X is hydrogen
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein Y is independently selected from a group consisting of C 1-3 alkyl, SO 3 H, CO 2 H, heteroaryl, —OC( ⁇ O)NH 2 , and P( ⁇ O)OR 5 R 6 ; wherein alkyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OSO 2 NH 2 and hydroxy.
  • Y is independently SO 3 H or P( ⁇ O)OR 5 R 6 .
  • Y is P( ⁇ O)OR 5 R 6 .
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C 1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with NH 2 , —NH(C 1-6 )alkyl, —N(C 1-6 )dialkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, C 1-6 alkoxy-carbonyloxy, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylthio, (C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C 1-6 )alkylamino-carbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxy; and aryl optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 1-6 alkylthio, C 2-6 alkenyl, —NH 2 , —NH(C 1-6 )alkyl, —N(C 1-6 )dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro; alternatively,
  • R 5 is other than C 1-6 alkyl substituted with di(C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R 6 is OH, and Z-R 4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R 5 is other than C 1-6 alkyl substituted with C 1-6 alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R 6 is CH 3 , and Z-R 4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with C 1-8 alkylcarbonyloxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, C 1-8 alkylcarbonylthio, (C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxyl; and aryl; alternatively, when R 6 is C 1-8 alkoxy, R 5 and R 6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 6-7 membered monocyclic ring; provided that R 5 is other than C 1-3 alkyl substituted with di(C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R 6 is OH, and Z-R 4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R 5 is other than C 1-3 alkyl substituted with
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-3 alkyl optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylthio, (C 1-6 )alkylamino-carbonyl, or di(C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl; and alternatively, when R 6 is C 1-8 alkoxy, R 5 and R 6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 6-membered monocyclic ring; provided that R 5 is other than C 1-3 alkyl substituted with di(C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R 6 is OH, and Z-R 4 is 5-chlorobenzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R 5 is other than C 1-3 alkyl substituted with C 1-6 alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluor
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 6 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 2-8 alkenyl, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein alkyl, alkoxy, and alkenyl are optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylthio, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, (C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C 1-6 )alkyl-aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy; and wherein heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, and halogen.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alky
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein alkyl and is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from C 1-3 alkoxy, aryl, or hydroxy; and alkoxy is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, and di(C 1-6 )alkyl-aminocarbonyl; and wherein heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, and halogen.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, methoxypropyl, phenethyl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-propyl, hydroxy, and C 1-3 alkoxy optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkylcarbonyloxy, and di(C 1-6 )alkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein Z is a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with the group R 4 ; provided that when Y is CO 2 H, A must be a bicycle.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of indolyl, benzothiophenyl, naphthalenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl and benzothiazolone.
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of indolyl, benzothiophenyl, and naphthalenyl.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R 4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxyl, aryl(C 2-8 )alkenyl, halogen, —C( ⁇ O)Cy, —C( ⁇ O)NR 31 R 32 ; aryl, —CO 2 H, oxo, and cyano; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substitute n a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from aryl, —NR 33 R 34 , one to three halogens, or hydroxy; wherein aryl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, —NH 2 , —NH(C 1-6 )alkyl, —N(C 1-6 )dialkyl,
  • R 4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkenyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, aryl(C 2-6 )alkenyl, halogen, —C( ⁇ O)Cy, —C( ⁇ O)NR 31 R 32 , aryl, —CO 2 H, oxo, and cyano; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from —NR 33 R 34 , aryl, one to three halogen atoms, or hydroxy; wherein aryl is optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, aryl, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro.
  • R 4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkenyl, aryl(C 2-6 )alkenyl, halogen, and —C( ⁇ O)Cy; wherein aryl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from halogen and C 1-4 alkoxy.
  • R 4 is one to two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, phenyl(C 2-6 )alkenyl, and —C( ⁇ O)(2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)).
  • Embodiments of the phosphonic and phosphinic acids of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (Ia) wherein the substituents are as previously defined (including the previously listed preferred substitutions in any combination). Examples of embodiments of the present invention are shown in Table I:
  • Embodiments of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (II) shown in Table II:
  • Preferred embodiments of the phosphonic and phosphinic acids of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (Ib) wherein the substituents are as previously defined (including any combinations of the preferred embodiments). Examples of some of these, embodiments are shown in Table III:
  • Preferred embodiments of the phosphonic and phosphinic acids of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (Ic) shown in Table IV:
  • a preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the representative compounds presented in Table V.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be present in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.”
  • FDA approved pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include pharmaceutically acceptable acidic/anionic or basic/cationic salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acidic/anionic salts include, and are not limited to acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, glyceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphospate, polygalacturonate,
  • Organic or inorganic acids also include, and are not limited to, hydriodic, perchloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, propionic, glycolic, methanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, oxalic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, saccharinic, and trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable basic/cationic salts include, and are not limited to aluminum, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol (also known as tris(hydroxy-methyl)aminomethane, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, tromethamine), ammonia, benzathine, t-butylamine, calcium, chloroprocaine, choline, cyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lithium, L-lysine, magnesium, meglumine, NH 3 , NH 4 OH, N-methyl-D-glucamine, piperidine, potassium, procaine, quinine, SEH, sodium, triethanolamine (TEA), imidazole, and zinc.
  • 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol also known as tris(hydroxy-methyl)aminomethane, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, tromethamine
  • ammonia benzathine, t-
  • Compounds of the present invention may be contacted with a pharmaceutically acceptable cation selected from the group consisting of aluminum, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol (also known as tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, tromethamine), ammonia, benzathine, t-butylamine, calcium, chloroprocaine, choline, cyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lithium, L-lysine, magnesium, meglumine, NH 3 , NH 4 OH, N-methyl-D-glucamine, piperidine, potassium, procaine, quinine, SEH, sodium, triethanolamine (TEA), imidazole, and zinc to form a salt.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable cation selected from the group consisting of aluminum, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol (also known as tris(hydroxymethyl)amin
  • Preferred cations for use with the instant compounds are selected from the group consisting of benzathine, t-butylamine, calcium, choline, cyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, L-lysine, NH 3 , NH 4 OH, N-methyl-D-glucamine, piperidine, potassium, procaine, quinine, sodium, triethanolamine, imidazole, and tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (tromethamine).
  • cations for use with the instant compounds are selected from the group consisting of t-butylamine, NH 4 OH, imidazole, sodium, and tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine(tromethamine).
  • the cations for use with the instant compounds are tromethamine and sodium.
  • the present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds, which are readily convertible in vivo into an active compound.
  • the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or a prodrug compound which would be obviously included within the scope of the invention although not specifically disclosed.
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “ Design of Prodrugs ”, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • Phosphonic acid prodrugs (as described in De Lombaert S., et al, Non-Peptidic Inhibitors of Neutral Endopeptidase 24.11; Design and Pharmacology of Orally Active Phosphonate Prodrugs, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1995, 5(2), 151-154; and, De Lombaert S., et al, N-Phosphonomethyl Dipeptides and Their Phosphonate Prodrugs, a New Generation Neutral Endopeptidase (NEP, EC 3.424.11) Inhibitors, J. Med. Chem., 1994, 37, 498-511) and phosphinic acid prodrugs are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • the compounds according to this invention may have at least one chiral center and thus may exist as enantiomers.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also possess two or more chiral centers and thus may also exist as diastereomers.
  • these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography. Accordingly, the compounds may be prepared as a racemic mixture or, by either enantiospecific synthesis or resolution, as individual enantiomers.
  • the compounds may, for example, be resolved from a racemic mixture into their component racemates by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active base, followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the compounds of this invention.
  • the racemic mixture may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary.
  • the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry , ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis , John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known in the art.
  • crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention.
  • some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention.
  • alkyl whether used alone or as part of a substituent group refers to straight and branched carbon chains having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or any number within this range.
  • alkoxy refers to an —Oalkyl substituent group, wherein alkyl is as defined supra.
  • alkenyl and alkynyl refer to straight and branched carbon chains having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or any number within this range, wherein an alkenyl chain has at least one double bond in the chain and an alkynyl chain has at least one triple bond in the chain.
  • An alkyl and alkoxy chain may be substituted on a terminal carbon atom or, when acting as a linking group, within the carbon chain.
  • cycloalkyl refers to saturated or partially unsaturated, moncyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon rings of from 3 to 20 carbon atom members (preferably from 3 to 14 carbon atom members). Further, a cycloalkyl ring may optionally be fused to one or more cycloalkyl rings. Examples of such rings include, and are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and adamantyl.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a nonaromatic cyclic ring of 5 to 10 members in which 1 to 4 members are nitrogen or a nonaromatic cyclic ring of 5 to 10 members in which zero, one or two members are nitrogen and up to two members is oxygen or sulfur; wherein, optionally, the ring contains zero, one or two unsaturated bonds.
  • the heterocyclyl ring may be fused to a benzene ring (benzo fused heterocyclyl), a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl ring (containing one of O, S or N and, optionally, one additional nitrogen), a 5 to 7 membered-cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl ring, a 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl-ring (of the same definition as above but absent the option of a further fused ring) or fused with the carbon of attachment of a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclyl ring to form a spiro moiety.
  • benzene ring benzo fused heterocyclyl
  • a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl ring containing one of O, S or N and, optionally, one additional nitrogen
  • a 5 to 7 membered-cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl ring a 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl-ring (of the
  • the carbon atom ring members that form the heterocyclyl ring are fully saturated.
  • Other compounds of the invention may have a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring.
  • the heterocyclyl can be bridged to form bicyclic rings.
  • Preferred partially saturated heterocyclyl rings may have from one to two double bonds. Such compounds are not considered to be fully aromatic and are not referred to as heteroaryl compounds.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, and are not limited to, pyrrolinyl (including 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrrolinyl or 3-pyrrolinyl), pyrrolidinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and piperazinyl.
  • aryl refers to an unsaturated, aromatic monocyclic ring of 6 carbon members or to an unsaturated, aromatic polycyclic ring of from 10 to 20 carbon members. Examples of such aryl rings include, and are not limited to, phenyl, naphthalenyl and anthracenyl. Preferred aryl groups for the practice of this invention are phenyl and naphthalenyl.
  • benzo fused cycloalkyl refers to a bicyclic or tricyclic ring structure wherein at least one of the ring substituents is phenyl or naphthalenyl and at least one of the other substituents is a cycloalkyl ring (as cycloalkyl was previously defined).
  • the cycloalkyl rings may be fused to an additional benzene ring (to provide fused multiple ring systems such as fluorene).
  • Example of such benzo fused cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, indanyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl and fluorenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring of 5 or 6 members wherein the ring consists of carbon atoms and has at least one heteroatom member. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In the case of 5 membered rings, the heteroaryl ring contains one member of nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur and, in addition, may contain up to three additional nitrogens. In the case of 6 membered rings, the heteroaryl ring may contain from one to three nitrogen atoms. For the case wherein the 6 membered ring has three nitrogens, at most two nitrogen atoms are adjacent.
  • the heteroaryl ring is fused to a benzene ring (benzo fused heteroaryl), a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl ring (containing one of O, S or N and, optionally, one additional nitrogen), a 5 to 7 membered cycloalkyl ring or a 5 to 7 membered heterocyclo ring (as defined supra but absent the option of a further fused ring).
  • heteroaryl groups include, and are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl; fused heteroaryl groups include indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and quinazolinyl.
  • arylalkyl means an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., benzyl and phenethyl).
  • arylalkoxy indicates an alkoxy group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., benzyloxy).
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Substituents that are substituted with multiple halogens are substituted in a manner that provides compounds which are stable.
  • alkyl or aryl or either of their prefix roots appear in a name of a substituent (e.g., arylalkyl and alkylamino), it shall be interpreted as including those limitations given above for “alkyl” and “aryl.”
  • Designated numbers of carbon atoms e.g., C 1 -C 6
  • the designated number of carbon atoms includes all of the independent member included in the range specified individually and all the combination of ranges within in the range specified.
  • C 1-6 alkyl would include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl individually as well as sub-combinations thereof (e.g., C 1-2 , C 1-3 C 1-4 , C 1-5 , C 2-6 , C 3-6 , C 4-6 , C 5-6 , C 2-5 , etc.).
  • C 9 -C 14 benzo fused cycloalkyl C 9 -C 14 benzo fused cycloalkenyl
  • C 9 -C 14 benzo fused aryl C 9 -C 14 refers to the number of carbon atoms both in the benzene ring (6) and the number of atoms in the ring fused to the benzene ring, but does not include carbon atoms that may be pendent from these multiple ring systems.
  • the amount of substituents attached to a moiety “optionally substituted with one to five substituents” is limited to that amount of open valences on the moiety available for substitution.
  • phenylC 1 -C 6 alkylamidoC 1 -C 6 alkyl refers to a group of the formula:
  • Illustrative of the invention is a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above. Also illustrative of the invention is a composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A further illustration of the invention is a process for making a composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The present invention also provides compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful serine protease inhibitors (in particular, inhibitors of chymase) useful for treating inflammatory, and serine protease mediated disorders.
  • Serine proteases such as chymase produced by mast cells have been recognized to be involved in a variety of inflammatory and wound healing events (e.g., angiogenesis, collagen deposition and cell proliferation). Chymase plays these roles by activating a variety of pre-existing factors present in the microenvironment surrounding the mast cells.
  • chymase activates SCF, angiotensin I to angiotensin II, endothelin 1, type 1 procollagen, metalloprotienases, IL-1B, TGF- ⁇ , as well as, degrades the extracellular matrix (de Paulis et al. Int Arch Allerg Immunol 118 (1999) 422-425; Longley et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94 (1997) 9017-9021). Consequently, the release of chymase plays significant role in a variety of pathological conditions associated with vascular proliferation, fibrosis, tissue remodeling, inflammation, and the like.
  • inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders include, and are not limited to, allergic rhinitis, viral rhinitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, acute lung injury (e.g.
  • adult (acute) respiratory distress syndrome) psoriasis, arthritis, reperfusion injury, ischemia, hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, heart failure damage associated with myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis (e.g., associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts), pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis (e.g., associated with glomerulonephritis), liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic sclerosis, keloid scars rheumatoid arthritis, bullous pemphigiod and atherosclerosis.
  • psoriasis arthritis, reperfusion injury, ischemia, hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, heart failure damage associated with myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, saroidos
  • these compounds can be used for modulating wound healing and remodeling (e.g., cardiac hypertrophy) as well as immune modulation.
  • wound healing and remodeling e.g., cardiac hypertrophy
  • immune modulation e.g., immune modulation.
  • the utility of the compounds to treat inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders is illustrated by the following non-limiting discussions of the proposed mechanisms of actions of chymase.
  • Other disorders that can be treated with chymase inhibitors can be determined according to the procedures described herein and the use of animal knock-out models and the like.
  • chymase coverts angiotensin I into angiotensin II, and this activity has been associated with vascular proliferation.
  • human vascular extracts only about 8% of angiotensin 11 activity is inhibited with an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor (lisinopril) while 95% is inhibited by a chymase inhibitor.
  • angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor (lisinopril)
  • a chymase inhibitor In vein grafts, vascular injury associated with catheter or balloon injury, chymase induces vascular hyperplasia and restenosis in dogs (Takai and Miyazaki, 21 (2003) 185-189). This same mechanism of action would also be expected to apply to restenosis associated with the use of vascular stents.
  • Pathological serine protease mediated disorders associated with angiotensin II including but not limited to hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis (e.g., associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts), and the like.
  • Pathological fibrosis can be associated with the degeneration of organs (e.g., skin, heart, kidneys or liver) or as an undesirable outcome of surgery. Preventing the formation of pathological fibrosis would be beneficial in a variety of diseases. For example mast cell chymase has been implicated in pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic sclerosis, keloid scars, and the like.
  • mast cells have been implicated in cardiac hypertrophy, which involves both fibrosis and remodeling. Cardiac hypertrophy develops to preserve its function by normalizing chamber wall stress. Mast cells have been implicated as being involved in the development of myocardial fibrosis and systolic pressure over load induced hypertrophy (Hara et al., J. Exp. Med. 195 (2002) 375-381). The remodeling of the heart associated under these conditions is believed to involve mast cell chymase, which activates endothelin 1, matrix metalloproteinases and TGF- ⁇ . Chymase inhibitors have been shown to exert favorable cardioprotective action in a dog model of hypertrophy (Matsumoto et al., Circulation 107 (2003) 2555-2558).
  • mast cell chymase has also been implicated in pathological fibrosis.
  • glomerulonephritis has also been reported to involve mast cells (Ehara and Shigematsu, Kidney Inter. 54 (1998) 1675-1683).
  • liver fibrosis has been associated with mast cells (Yamashiro et al., Virchows Arch. 433 (1998) 471-479).
  • Chymase is also involved in the formation of fibrous adhesions associated with surgery. Chymase inhibitors have been tested in two different animals models and found to reduce the number of adhesions (Okamoto et al., J. Surg. Res. 107 (2002) 219-222 and, Lucas et al., J. Surg. Res. 65 (1999) 135). It has been suggested that the prevention of adhesions is associated with blocking the activation of latent TGF- ⁇ by chymase (Yoa et; al., J. Surg. Res. 92 (2000) 40-44).
  • Collagen induced arthritic mice show increased numbers of mast cells and expression of chymase in fibroproliferative inflammation (Kakizoe et al, Inflamm. Res. 48 (1999) 318-324).
  • increased mast cell density in the superficial synovium is associated with the severity of the disease (Grotis-Graham and McNeil, Arthritis & Rheumatism 40 (1997) 479-489). It was theorized by these authors that chymase and its ability to activate metalloprotinases plays a significant role in the rapid functional deterioration observed in rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Mast cell chymase has been implicated in artherosclerosis via its ability to cleave apolipoprotein B-100 of LDL which facilitates lipoprotein aggregation and uptake by macrophages (Paananen et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269 (1994) 2023-2031). Chymase also degrades apolipoprotein A of HDL, which would reduce cholesterol efflux and increases lipid deposition (Lindstedt et al., J. Clin. Invest. 97 (1996) 2174-2182). Thus chymase is involved in two different pathways to atherosclerosis.
  • An embodiment of the invention is a method for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders in a subject in need thereof which comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described above. Also included in the invention is the use of a compound of Formula (I) for the preparation of a medicament for treating an inflammatory or serine protease mediated disorder in a subject in need thereof.
  • the term “treating” as used herein refers to a method for improving, halting, retarding or palliating an inflammatory or serine protease mediated disorder in the subject in need thereof. All such methods of treatment are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • compositions described herein can also be administered separately at different times during the course of therapy or concurrently in divided or single combination forms.
  • the instant invention is therefore to be understood as embracing all such regimes of simultaneous or alternating treatment and the term “administering” is to be interpreted accordingly.
  • subject refers to an animal (preferably, a mammal; most preferably, a human) who has been the object of treatment, observation, or experiment.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human, that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • compositions of this invention one or more compounds of Formula (I) or salt thereof as the active ingredient, is intimately admixed with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques, which carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending of the form of preparation desired for administration (e.g. oral or parenteral).
  • a pharmaceutical carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending of the form of preparation desired for administration (e.g. oral or parenteral).
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well known in the art. Descriptions of some of these pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be found in The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients , published by the American Pharmaceutical Association and the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain.
  • compositions have been described in numerous publications such as Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets, Second Edition, Revised and Expanded , Volumes 1-3, edited by Lieberman et al; Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications , Volumes 1-2, edited by Avis et al; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Disperse Systems , Volumes 1-2, edited by Lieberman et al; published by Marcel Dekker, Inc.
  • any of the usual pharmaceutical media or excipients may be employed.
  • suitable carriers and additives include but are not limited to pharmaceutically acceptable wetting agents, dispersants, flocculation agents, thickeners, pH control agents (i.e., buffers), osmotic agents, coloring agents, flavors, fragrances, preservatives (i.e., to control microbial growth, etc.) and a liquid vehicle may be employed. Not all of the components listed above will be required for each liquid dosage form.
  • suitable carriers and additives include but are not limited to diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, glidants, disintegrating agents, and the like. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. If desired, tablets may be sugar coated, gelatin coated, film coated or enteric coated by standard techniques.
  • compositions are in unit dosage forms from such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, lozenges, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories for administration by oral, intranasal, sublingual, intraocular, transdermal, parenteral, rectal, vaginal, inhalation or insufflation means.
  • the composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound, such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection.
  • the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g., conventional tabletting ingredients such as diluents, binders, adhesives, disintegrants, lubricants, antiadherents, and glidants.
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g., conventional tabletting ingredients such as diluents, binders, adhesives, disintegrants, lubricants, antiadherents, and glidants.
  • Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, starch (i.e., corn, wheat, or potato starch, which may be hydrolized), lactose (granulated, spray dried or anhydrous), sucrose, sucrose-based diluents (confectioner's sugar; sucrose plus about 7 to 10 weight percent invert sugar; sucrose plus about 3 weight percent modified dextrins; sucrose plus invert sugar, about 4 weight percent invert sugar, about 0.1 to 0.2 weight percent cornstarch and magnesium stearate), dextrose, inositol, mannitol, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose (i.e., AVICELTM microcrystalline cellulose available from FMC Corp.), dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate dihydrate, calcium lactate trihydrate, and the like.
  • starch i.e., corn, wheat, or potato starch, which may be hydrolized
  • lactose granulated, spray dried or anhydr
  • Suitable binders and adhesives include, but are not limited to accacia gum, guar gum, tragacanth gum, sucrose, gelatin, glucose, starch, and cellulosics (i.e. methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, and the like), water soluble or dispersible binders (i.e., alginic acid and salts thereof, magnesium aluminum silicate, hydroxyethylcellulose (i.e.
  • TYLOSETM available from Hoechst Celanese
  • polyethylene glycol polysaccharide acids
  • bentonites polyvinylpyrrolidone
  • polymethacrylates and pregelatinized starch and the like.
  • Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, starches (corn, potato, etc.), sodium starch glycolates, pregelatinized starches, clays (magnesium aluminum silicate), celluloses (such as crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose and microcrystalline cellulose), alginates, pregelatinized starches (i.e., corn starch, etc.), gums (i.e., agar, guar, locust bean, karaya, pectin, and tragacanth gum), cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, and the like.
  • Suitable lubricants and antiadherents include, but are not limited to, stearates (magnesium, calcium and sodium), stearic acid, talc waxes, stearowet, boric acid, sodium chloride, DL-leucine, carbowax 4000, carbowax 6000, sodium oleate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, and the like.
  • Suitable gildants include, but are not limited to, talc, cornstarch, silica (i.e., CAB-O-SIL silica available from Cabot, SYLOIDTM silica available from W.R.
  • these carriers are mixed with the pharmaceutical active to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of the pharmaceutical active of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the preformulation will be formed by one of three common methods: (a) wet granulation, (b) dry granulation, and (c) dry blending.
  • wet granulation granulation
  • dry granulation dry granulation
  • dry blending dry blending.
  • the tablets or pills containing the novel compositions may also be formulated in multilayer tablets or pills to provide a sustained or provide dual-release products.
  • a dual release tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer, which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • a variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric materials such as shellac, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, hydroxy-propyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, methacrylate and ethylacrylate copolymers, and the like.
  • Sustained release tablets may also be made by film coating or wet granulation using slightly soluble or insoluble substances in solution (which for a wet granulation acts as the binding agents) or low melting solids a molten form (which in a wet granulation may incorporate the active ingredient).
  • These materials include natural and synthetic polymers waxes, hydrogenated oils, fatty acids and alcohols (i.e., beeswax, carnauba wax, cetyl alcohol, cetylstearyl alcohol, and the like), esters of fatty acids metallic soaps, and other acceptable materials that can be used to granulate, coat, entrap or otherwise limit the solubility of an active ingredient to achieve a prolonged or sustained release product.
  • liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, but are not limited to aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or, oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Suitable suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as, acacia, agar, alginate (i.e., propylene alginate, sodium alginate, and the like), guar, karaya, locust bean, pectin, tragacanth, and xanthan gum, cellulosics such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and combinations thereof, synthetic polymers such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbomer (i.e., carboxypolymethylene), and polyethylene glycol; clays such as bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite or sepiolite; and other pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agents such as lecithin, gelatin, or the like.
  • synthetic and natural gums such as, acacia, agar, alginate (i.e.,
  • Suitable surfactants include but are not limited to sodium docusate, sodium lauryl sulfate, polysorbate, octoxynol-9, nonoxynol-10, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 80, polyoxamer 188, polyoxamer 235, and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable deflocculating or dispersing agent include pharmaceutical grade lecithins.
  • Suitable flocculating agent include but are not limited to simple neutral electrolytes (i.e., sodium chloride, potassium, chloride, and the like), highly charged insoluble polymers and polyelectrolyte species, water soluble divalent or trivalent ions (i.e., calcium salts, alums or sulfates, citrates and phosphates (which can be used jointly in formulations as pH buffers and flocculating agents).
  • simple neutral electrolytes i.e., sodium chloride, potassium, chloride, and the like
  • highly charged insoluble polymers and polyelectrolyte species i.e., water soluble divalent or trivalent ions (i.e., calcium salts, alums or sulfates, citrates and phosphates (which can be used jointly in formulations as pH buffers and flocculating agents).
  • Suitable preservatives include but are not limited to parabens (i.e., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and n-butyl), sorbic acid, thimerosal, quaternary ammonium salts, benzyl alcohol, benzoic acid, chlorhexidine gluconate, phenylethanol, and the like.
  • parabens i.e., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and n-butyl
  • sorbic acid thimerosal, quaternary ammonium salts
  • benzyl alcohol benzoic acid
  • chlorhexidine gluconate phenylethanol
  • phenylethanol phenylethanol
  • nonpolar liquid vehicles such as fatty esters and oils liquid vehicles are best used with suspending agents such as low HLB (Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance) surfactants, stearalkonium hectorite, water insoluble resins, water insoluble film forming polymers, and the like.
  • suspending agents such as low HLB (Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance) surfactants, stearalkonium hectorite, water insoluble resins, water insoluble film forming polymers, and the like.
  • polar liquids such as water, alcohols, polyols and glycols are best used with suspending agents such as higher HLB surfactants, clays silicates, gums, water soluble cellulosics, water soluble polymers, and the like.
  • sterile suspensions and solutions are desired. Liquid forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions and suspensions. Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed
  • compounds of the present invention can be administered in an intranasal: dosage form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles or via transdermal skin patches, the composition of which are well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • suitable intranasal vehicles or via transdermal skin patches, the composition of which are well known to those of ordinary skill in that art.
  • transdermal delivery system the administration of therapeutic dose will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • Compounds of the present invention can also be administered in a form suitable for intranasal or inhalation therapy.
  • compounds of the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of a solution or suspension from a pump spray container that is squeezed or pumped or as an aerosol spray from a pressurized container or a nebulizer (such as, a metered dose inhaler, a dry powder inhaler or other conventional or non-conventional modes or devices for inhalation delivery) using a suitable propellant (such as, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas).
  • a suitable propellant such as, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • the pressurized container or nebulizer may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound.
  • Capsules and cartridges (such as, those made from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Liposome delivery systems such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, multilamellar vesicles and the like.
  • Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, phosphatidylcholines, and the like.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • Such polymers can include, but are not limited to polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxy-ethylaspartamidephenol, and polyethyl eneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residue.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, to homopolymers and copolymers (which means polymers containing two or more chemically distinguishable repeating units) of lactide (which includes lactic acid d-, l- and meso lactide), glycolide (including glycolic acid), ⁇ -caprolactone, p-dioxanone (1,4-dioxan-2-one), trimethylene carbonate (1,3-dioxan-2-one), alkyl derivatives of trimethylene carbonate, ⁇ -valerolactone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -decalactone, hydroxybutyrate, hydroxyvalerate, 1,4-dioxepan-2-one (including its dimer 1,5,8,12-tetraoxacyclotetradecane-7,14-dione), 1,5-dioxepan-2
  • the therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition thereof may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 300 mg/kg/dose.
  • the therapeutically effective amount may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 100 mg/kg/dose. More preferably, the therapeutically effective amount may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 50 mg/kg/dose. Most preferably, the therapeutically effective amount may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 30 mg/kg/dose.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the active ingredient contained per dosage unit e.g., tablet, capsule, powder, injection, suppository, teaspoonful, and the like
  • the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the subject to be treated.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular subject being treated, including subject age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust the dose to an appropriate therapeutic level.
  • compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.
  • IUPAC names for the compounds of the present invention were derived using the ACD/LABS SOFTWARETM Index Name Pro Version 4.5 nomenclature software program provided by Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc., Toronto, Ontario, Canada or AutoNom Version 2.1 provided by Beilstein Informationssysteme.
  • Representative compounds of the present invention can be synthesized in accordance with the general synthetic methods described below and are illustrated more particularly in the schemes that follow. Since the schemes are an illustration, the invention should not be construed as being limited by the chemical reactions and conditions expressed. The preparation of the various starting materials used in the schemes is well within the skill of persons versed in the art.
  • Scheme A illustrates the general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention by the reaction of a phosphonate or phosphinate anion (prepared from its corresponding phosphonate or phosphinate Compound A2 and an organometallic base such as n-butyllithium) to isocyanate A1 in a solvent such as THF to afford an amidophosphonate or amidophosphinate compound A3.
  • a phosphonate or phosphinate anion prepared from its corresponding phosphonate or phosphinate Compound A2 and an organometallic base such as n-butyllithium
  • a nitro group may be reduced with hydrazine hydrate in the presence of a palladium catalyst; or, for the preparation of a compound wherein R 3 is ureido, a compound in which R 3 is an amino group may be reacted with a cyanate salt or the like.
  • Compound A2 wherein R 5 and R 6 are as previously defined, may be made according to known methods (Katritsky et. al. Org. Prep. Proced. Int., 1990, 22(2), 209-213; J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 9386-9387; and Chem. Ber., 1963, 96, 3184-3194). Fluorinated R 6 compounds can be made following methods known in the art such as the methods similar those set forth in Garabadzhia et al., Journal General Chemistry USSR, English translation, 1981, pages 1905-1910. Compound A3 may be dealkylated with bromotrimethylsilane in a solvent such as pyridine, followed by treatment with dilute HCl to afford Compound A4.
  • a solvent such as pyridine
  • Compound A2 wherein Z is a heteroaryl or aryl ring, may be prepared from a commercially available or known haloalkyl substituted heteroaryl ring.
  • Another method for preparing Compound A2 uses a quaternary ammonium salt rather than an alkyl halide.
  • Scheme B shows a method for preparing Compound A2 wherein R 6 is an alkyl or alkenyl substituent using methods described in the literature ( J. Organomet. Chem. 2002, 643-644, 154-163; J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 9386-9387).
  • An alternate method for preparing such compounds is described in the literature ( Med. Chem. 1995, 38(17), 3297-3312; Bioorg. Med. Chem. 1999, 7, 2697-2704).
  • Scheme C illustrates a general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein ring system A of Formula (I) is an aryl substituent and n of Formula (I) is equal to 1.
  • Reaction of an ⁇ / ⁇ -unsaturated carboxylic acid, Compound C3, with phosphorazidic acid dialkyl ester Compound C4 provides Compound C5.
  • Compound C5 may subsequently undergo a Curtius rearrangement to afford an isocyanate intermediate, Compound C6.
  • Compound C6 may be treated with a phosphonate or phosphinate anion (as previously described in Scheme A) in an aprotic solvent such as THF to yield amidophosphonate or amidophosphinate Compound C7.
  • Compound C7 may be dealkylated with bromotrimethylsilane, followed by treatment with dilute HCl to afford Compound C8.
  • Scheme D further illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a heteroaryl substituent.
  • Compound D1 may be dissolved in an aprotic solvent, treated with an organometallic base such as n-BuLi, and subsequently reacted with isocyanate Compound A1 to afford Compound D2.
  • Compound D2 may undergo a cycloaddition reaction with sodium azide to provide Compound D3.
  • Scheme E shows the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a sulfonic acid.
  • Compound B2 may be treated with sodium sulfite to afford Compound E2.
  • Compound E2 may then be treated with an organometallic base such as isopropylmagnesium bromide and reacted with isocyanate Compound A1 to yield Compound E3.
  • organometallic base such as isopropylmagnesium bromide
  • Scheme F illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a carboxylic acid.
  • Compound F1 may be reacted with isobutylene under acidic conditions to provide ester Compound F3.
  • Compound F3 may then be treated with a strong base such as lithium diethylamide and further reacted with isocyanate Compound A1 to give Compound F4.
  • Compound F4 is converted into its corresponding carboxylic acid Compound F5 by treatment with TFA.
  • Scheme G illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a carbamate.
  • Compound G1 may be prepared by the methods described in the literature ( J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32(12), 2548-2554, J. Het. Chem. 1998, 25, 1271).
  • Compound G1 may be converted to Compound G2 by the method described in the literature ( Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 36(1), 55-62).
  • Compound G2 may be oxidized using selenium dioxide to yield resultant carboxylic acid Compound G3.
  • Compound G3 may be coupled with amine Compound G4 in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent, base, activating agent, and solvent to afford amide Compound G5.
  • Compound G3 is coupled to Compound G4 in the presence of DCC and HOBt to form Compound G5.
  • Compound G5 may be reduced in the presence of a hydride source such as sodium borohydride to give alcohol Compound G6, which may be treated with isocyanate Compound G7 to form Compound G8.
  • Compound G8 may be deprotected in the presence of t-butyl alcohol and potassium carbonate to yield carbamate Compound G9.
  • Scheme H illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is hydroxymethyl.
  • Nitrile Compound D2 may be converted to an imidate in the presence of HCl gas, followed by hydrolysis to yield Compound H1.
  • Compound H1 may be reduced to a primary alcohol in the presence of hydride source, such as sodium borohydride, to give methyl alcohol Compound H2.
  • hydride source such as sodium borohydride
  • Scheme I illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a sulfamic acid methyl group.
  • Compound H2 may be treated with a base such as sodium hydride, followed by the addition of sulfamoyl chloride to yield Compound I1.
  • Scheme J illustrates the general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R 3 is an amide substituent on ring A as defined by the invention.
  • Dinitro-substituted Compound J1 may be reduced by hydrogenation in the presence of a palladium catalyst to give Compound J2 which then may be acylated with BOC-ON to provide Compound J3.
  • Compound J4 may be acylated with acid chloride Compound J5 to yield Compound J6, followed by saponification of Compound J6 to provide carboxylic acid Compound J7.
  • Compound J8 may be prepared by coupling Compound J3 to Compound J7 using an appropriate coupling agent, activating agent, and solvent.
  • Scheme K illustrates a general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Z is an N-substituted indole as previously defined.
  • Compound K1 may be reacted with an alkylating agent such as methyl iodide or an arylating agent such as bromobenzene with copper oxide, Compound K2.
  • Compound K2 may be treated with N,N-dimethylmethyleneammonium iodide to afford Compound K3.
  • Compound K3 may be converted to Compound K4 using methyl iodide, and then reacted with a phosphite or phosphonite to provide Compound K5.
  • Compound K5 may be reacted with Compound A1 and dealkylated as previously described to yield Compound K6.
  • the phenyl portion of Compound K2 may be substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl.
  • the ester may be reduced to its corresponding methyl alcohol, and converted to a methyl halide using techniques and reagents known to those skilled in the art.
  • the halide may then be converted to Compound A2 wherein Z is an indole as previously defined in the present invention.
  • Compound A2 may be subsequently reacted according to Scheme A to form a compound of Formula (I) wherein the phosphonic attached through the aryl portion of indole Z.
  • Scheme L illustrates the general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R 4 is a heterocyclylcarbonyl substituent.
  • Compound L1 may be made by the procedures described in JACS 1963, 6, 711-716 and JACS 1971, 93(12), 2897-2904.
  • Compound L1 may be reacted with an organometallic base, such as butyllithium, followed by treatment with di-tert-butyldicarbonate to give Compound L2.
  • Compound L2 may be converted to Compound L4 using the methods described previously.
  • Compound L4 may be deprotected under acidic conditions to afford Compound L5.
  • the carboxylic acid group of Compound L5 may be treated with an amine, such as 4-phenylpiperidine, in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent, base, activating agent, and solvent to afford Compound L6.
  • Dealkylation of Compound L6 as described supra yields Compound L7.
  • Scheme M illustrates a general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention.
  • a Compound M1 wherein R 3 is an alkoxycarbonyl substituent, may be reduced in the presence of a hydride source to the corresponding alcohol, Compound M2.
  • Compound M2 may be oxidized to aldehyde Compound M3.
  • Reaction of Compound M3 with a Wittig reagent affords alkene Compound M4.
  • Saponification of Compound M4 provides carboxylic acid Compound M5, which may be coupled with an amine, such as benzyl amine, in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent as described supra, to give amide Compound M6.
  • Compound M6 may be dealkylated using the procedure previously described in Scheme A to yield Compound M7.
  • R 3 is alkoxy or —C( ⁇ O)NR 11 R 12
  • R 3 is alkoxy or —C( ⁇ O)NR 11 R 12
  • the hydroxy group of Compound M2 may be alkylated using reagents and methods known to one skilled in the art to afford compounds wherein R 3 is alkoxy.
  • the hydroxy group of Compound M2 may be reacted with a variety of acylating agents known to one skilled in the art, such as isocyanates, to arrive at compounds of the present invention wherein R 3 is a carbamate.
  • Scheme Q illustrates a method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R 5 and R 6 are appropriately substituted alkoxy substituents as defined herein.
  • a compound of formula Q1 wherein R 5 is hydrogen and R 6 is hydroxyl may be coupled with an appropriately substituted alcohol in the presence of MSNT (1-(mesitylene-2-sulfonyl)-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole) to afford a compound of formula Q2 wherein R 5 is a substituted alkyl and R 6 is a substituted alkoxy as defined herein.
  • compounds of formula Q1 may be elaborated using an appropriately substituted alkylating agent to provide compounds of the present invention where either one or both hydroxyl groups of the phosphonic acid are alkylated.
  • An alkylating agent in this instance is an alkyl substituent that is optionally substituted as defined for R 5 or R 6 , and said alkyl substituent is substituted with a leaving group.
  • a leaving group is defined as a substituent that is activated toward nucleophilic displacement, including halides, tosylates, and the like.
  • Scheme R illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R 5 and R 6 (when R 6 is alkoxy) are taken together with the atoms to which they are both attached to form a monocyclic ring.
  • a diol of formula R1 may be treated with a benzyl- or lower alkyl-dichlorophosphite to form a cyclic phosphonate of formula R2.
  • a compound of formula R2 may be condensed under refluxing conditions with a compound of formula B2 to form a compound of formula R3.
  • the elaboration of a compound of formula R3 to a compound of formula R4 may be achieved using the methods described for Scheme A.
  • Preparative HPLC separations were carried out on a Gilson®HPLC using a Phenomenex® Kromasil 100A C18 column (25 cm ⁇ 50 mm, or 10 cm ⁇ 21.2 mm) using gradients of CH 3 CN/water/0.2% TFA; Analytical HPLC separations were carried out on a Supelco® ABZ+Plus column (5 cm ⁇ 2.1 mm) or a YMC®J'Sphere H80 S4 column (5 cm ⁇ 2 mm) with detection at 220 nm and 254 nm on a Hewlett Packard® 1100 UV detector. The gradient used was 10% to 90%° CH 3 CN/water/0.1% TFA in 6 min. Reported percent purity data is based on the 220 nm data. Microanalysis was performed by Robertson Mitrolit Laboratories, Inc.
  • Compound 14d was prepared from Compound 14a by the methods described in J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32(12), 2548-2554 and J. Het. Chem. 1998, 25, 1271: HPLC: 3.95 min.
  • Compound 14d was converted to Compound 14e using the method described in Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 36(1), 55-62).
  • Compound 14e was oxidized with selenium dioxide to yield Compound 14f using the method described in British patent 1399089 (1971): HPLC: 3.78 min; MS (ES) m/z 239 (MH ⁇ ).
  • Compound 24a was prepared according to the procedures described in JACS 1963, 6, 711-716 and JACS 1971, 93(12), 2897-2904.
  • Compound 25a was prepared according to the procedures described in JACS 2002, 124, 9386-9387 and J. Organomet. Chem 2002, 643-644, 154-163.
  • Compound 119 was prepared from Compound 32b via a standard BOP-Cl/TEA coupling and deethylation by Procedure A: HPLC: 3.81 min, 90%; MS (ES) m/z 525 (MH + ).
  • Compound 35a (6-bromobenzothiophene) was prepared by the method described in J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 4486-4491. Compound 35a (3.45 g, 16.2 mmol) was converted to 3.68 g of crude Compound 35b by the method described in the reference cited supra: HPLC: 4.14 min, 53%.
  • N-phenyl indole Compound 37a was prepared by the procedure described in JOC 2001, 66(23), 7729-7737.
  • Compound 40a was synthesized by the method described in JACS 1993, 115(4), 1321-1329.
  • Compound 45a (prepared according to Example 6) was converted to compound 45b by the method of Example 10.
  • Compound 45b was deethylated according to Procedure A and purified by trituration with 1 N HCl (aq) to yield Compound 151: HPLC: 2.78 min; MS (ES) m/z 421 (MH + ).
  • Example 6 The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 6 followed by Example 51, and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, and 323.
  • Example 11 The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 11 followed by Example 51, and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, and 355.
  • Example 52 The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 52 and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, and 347.
  • the utility of the compounds of the present invention as a serine protease inhibitor and, particularly, as a chymase inhibitor useful for the treatment of inflammatory or serine protease mediated disorders can be determined according to the procedures described herein.
  • Enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis rates were measured spectro-photometrically using human skin chymase (Cortex Biochem), a chromogenic substrate (Suc-Ala-Ala-Pro-Phe-pNa) (Bachem) in aqueous buffer (450 mM Tris, 1800 mM NaCl, pH 8.0), and a microplate reader (Molecular Devices).
  • IC 50 experiments were conducted by fixing the enzyme and substrate concentrations (10 nM enzyme, 0.7 mM substrate) and varying the inhibitor concentration. Changes in absorbance at 405 nM were monitored using the software program Softmax (Molecular Devices), upon addition of enzyme, with and without inhibitor present at 37° C. for 30 minutes. Percent inhibition was calculated by comparing the initial reaction slopes of the samples without inhibitor to those with inhibitor.
  • IC 50 values were determined using a four parameter fit logistics model. The term “NT” indicates a compound that was not tested.
  • Table VI summarizes the assay results for chymase inhibition for compounds of the present invention:
  • Compound 17 for the treatment of asthma was evaluated in a validated model of Ascaris suum antigen-induced asthmatic response in conscious sheep (Abraham, W. M., Pharmacology of allergen-induced early and late airway responses and antigen-induced airway hyperresponsiveness in allergic sheep, Pulmonary Pharmacology, 1989, 2, 33-40).
  • Baseline (BSL) dose response curves to aerosol carbachol were obtained from historical control responses prior to antigen challenge.
  • Baseline values of specific lung resistance (SR L ) were obtained and the sheep were then given a specified amount (mg) of the test compound as an inhaled aerosol or as a oral dose at a specified time before antigen challenge.
  • Post-drug measurements of SR L were obtained and the sheep were then challenged with Ascaris suum antigen.
  • Measurements of SR L were obtained immediately after challenge, hourly from 1-6 h after challenge and on the half-hour from 6 1 / 2 -8 h after challenge.
  • Measurements of SR L were obtained 24 h after challenge followed; by a 24 h post-challenge with carbachol to measure airway hyperreactivity.
  • Compound 17 was administered as an aerosol at 4.5 mg/dose (ca. 0.1 mg/Kg/dose, based on a 45 Kg sheep), twice-a-day (BID) for three consecutive days, followed by a dose on day 4, 0.5 h prior to antigen challenge. Ascaris suum antigen challenge was given at the zero time point.
  • Compound 17 was administered as an oral solution at 15 mg/Kg/dose, twice-a-day (BID) for three consecutive days, followed by a dose on day 4, 2 h prior to antigen challenge. Ascaris suum antigen challenge was given at the zero time point.
  • FIG. 2 shows that the delayed airway hyperreactivity measured at 24 h post antigen challenge as measured using carbachol challenge was also completely blocked by compound following aerosol administration.
  • FIG. 4 shows that the delayed airway hyperreactivity measured at 24 h post antigen challenge as measured using carbachol challenge was also completely blocked by compound following oral administration.
  • Blood samples (0.5 mL) were collected into lithium heparinized tubes at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 h post dose via orbital sinus puncture. Blood samples were centrifuged at 2000 rpm for ⁇ 3 min for cell removal, approximately 200 ⁇ L of plasma supernatant was then transferred to a clean vial, frozen then placed on dry ice and delivered to SFBC Analytical Labs, Inc. for analysis.
  • Plasma samples were prepared as follows. Two hundred microliters of acetonitrile containing 1 ⁇ M internal standard was added to 100 ⁇ L of plasma to precipitate proteins. Samples were centrifuged at 5000 g for 5 min and supernatant removed for analysis by LC-MS. Two hundred microliters of water was added to adjust sample solvent strength and prevent peak splitting. Calibration standards were prepared by adding appropriate volumes of stock solution directly into plasma and treated identically to collected plasma samples. Calibration standards were prepared in the range of 0.1 to 10 ⁇ M for quantitation. LC-MS analysis was performed using MRM (Multiple Reaction Monitoring) detection of characteristic ions for each drug candidate and internal standard.
  • MRM Multiple Reaction Monitoring

Abstract

The present invention is directed to a compound of formula (I),
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00001
methods for preparing these compounds, compositions, intermediates and derivatives thereof, and methods for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders.

Description

  • This application claims priority from application Ser. No. 11/037,938, filed Jan. 18, 2005, which claims priority from application Ser. No. 60/538,663, filed Jan. 23, 2004, which are incorporated herein by reference.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to certain novel compounds, methods for preparing compounds, compositions, intermediates and derivatives thereof and methods for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders. More particularly, the compounds of the present invention are serine protease inhibitors useful for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Serine proteases represent a broad class of proteolytic enzymes that are involved in physiological processes such as blood coagulation, complement activation, phagocytosis and turnover of damaged cell tissue. Human chymase (EC.3.4.21.39) is a glycosylated monomeric chymotrypsin-like serine protease (MW=30 kDa) localized mainly in mast cell secretory granules. Chymase is thought to have a variety of functions, including degradation of extracellular matrix proteins, cleavage of angiotensin I to angiotensin II (except in the rat), and activation of matrix proteases and cytokines. Endogenously, chymase is regulated by the serpins α1-antichymotrypsin and α1-proteinase.
  • Although the precise patho-physiological roles of chymase have yet to be determined, chymase has been implicated in microvascular leakage, neutrophil accumulation, the stimulation of mucus secretion, and the modulation of cytokines. A potent, chymase-selective inhibitor may be indicated in mast cell-mediated diseases such as asthma, pulmonary inflammation, and chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases (COPD). Because chymase can play a role in the generation of cardiac and vascular wall angiotensin II, an inhibitor may have potential use as an antihypertensive treatment for vascular wall injury and inflammation (atherosclerosis/restenosis), as well as cardiac hypertrophy. Thus, small molecule inhibitors of chymase are likely to represent useful therapeutic agents.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,273 to Beers, et al. and Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Lett., 1995, 5 (16), 1801-1806 describe phosphonic acid compounds useful in treating bone wasting diseases. In particular, 1-napthylmethylphosphonic acid derivatives have been described as osteoclastic acid phosphatase inhibitors of the formula:
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00002
  • Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide phosphonic acid and phosphinic acid compounds that are serine protease inhibitors, in particular, inhibitors of chymase, useful for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders. It is another object of the invention to provide a process for preparing phosphonic or phosphinic acid compounds, compositions, intermediates and derivatives thereof. It is a further object of the invention to provide methods for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I)
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00003
  • wherein
    • R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl;
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00004
  • is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl, cyclopropyl when n is 0 and one of R2 or R3 is phenyl, and benzo fused cycloalkyl, and ring A is optionally substituted with R2 and R3;
    • R2 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, methoxy, C2-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, —OCF3, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro; furthermore, R2 is optionally oxo when ring A is heteroaryl or benzo fused heterocyclyl; and, wherein any aryl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro;
      • and, wherein any of the foregoing C1-6alkyl or C2-6 alkoxy containing substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of —NR11R12, aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogens and hydroxy; wherein R11 and R12 are independently hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, or —NR15R16; or aryl;
        • R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl, and said R15 and R16 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
    • R3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, —OCF3, —OCH2(C2-6)alkenyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, —NHC(═O)Cy, —N(C1-6alkyl)C(═O)Cy, —(NC(═O))2NH2, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, —C(═O)NR17R18, —C(═O)NHcycloalkyl, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, —C(═O)NHCy, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)Cy, —C(—O)Cy, —OC(—O)C1-6alkyl, —OC(═O)NR19R20, —C(═O)Oaryl, —C(═O)Oheteroaryl, —CO2H, ureido, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, and aryloxy;
      • wherein any of the foregoing C1-6alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy containing substituents of R3 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —NR21R22, —NH(cycloalkyl), —N(C1-6-alkyl)(cycloalkyl), —NHCy, —N(C1-6-alkyl)Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, halogen, —C(═O)NR23R24, —OC(═O)NR25R26, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, and —C(═O)Cy;
        • wherein said R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6-alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; and R17 and R18, R19 and R20R21 and R22R23 and R24 and R25 and R26 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
    • Cy is a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylC(═O)C1-6alkyl, —C1-6alkylC(═O)C1-6-alkoxy, C1-6alkylC(═O)aryl, —C(═O)(C1-6)alkyl, —C(═O)(C1-6)alkoxy, —C(═O)aryl, —SO2aryl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; wherein the aryl portion of any aryl-containing substituent of Cy is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), and —N(C1-6)dialkyl; and wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with aryl, one to three halogen atoms, or one to three oxo substituents; and heterocyclyl is optionally spiro-fused to said Cy;
      • and wherein the C1-6alkenyl and C1-6alkynyl substituents of R3 are optionally substituted with aryl or —C(═O)NR27R28; wherein said R27 and R28 are independently hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; or aryl; and R27 and R28 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
      • wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl substituents of R3 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from R14;
        • wherein R14 is independently hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro;
    • and any one of the foregoing C1-6alkyl- or C1-6alkoxy-containing substituents of R14 is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from —NR29R30, aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogen atoms, or hydroxy; wherein R29 and R30 are independently hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; or aryl; and R29 and R30 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
    • n is 0 or 1;
    • W is O or S;
    • X is hydrogen or C1-3alkyl;
    • Y is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl substituted with —OSO2NH2 or hydroxy; SO3H, CO2H, heteroaryl, —OC(═O)NH2, and P(═O)OR5R6 provided that when Y is CO2H, A and Z must both be bicyclic ring systems;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxy; and aryl optionally substituted with C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, C2-6 alkenyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro; alternatively, when R6 is C1-6alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 5-8 membered monocyclic ring;
      • provided that R5 is other than C1-6alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylamino-carbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-6alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl;
    • R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C2-8alkenyl, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, and C2-8alkenyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, NH2, NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, C1-6)alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6-alkylcarbonylthio, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogen atoms, and hydroxy; and when R6 is C1-8alkyl said C1-8alkyl is optionally substituted with one to four additional halogen atoms such that one to three halogen atoms are optionally chlorine and one to seven of the halogen atoms are optionally fluorine;
      • wherein the heteroaryl and aryl substituents of R6 are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro;
    • Z is a seven to fifteen membered monocyclic or polycyclic ring system selected from the group consisting aryl, heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl, or benzo fused cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with R4;
      • R4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, aryl(C1-6)alkyl, aryl(C2-6)alkenyl, halogen, —C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR31R32, aryl, —CO2H, oxo, and cyano; wherein C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl and C1-6alkoxy are optionally substituted with —NR33R34, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, one to three halogen atoms, or hydroxy; and aryl and heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, one to three halogen atoms, hydroxy, and nitro;
        • wherein said R31, R32, R33, and R34 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; and R31 with R32 and R33 with R34 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
          and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Illustrative of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above. An illustration of the invention is a pharmaceutical composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Illustrating the invention is a process for making a pharmaceutical composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The present invention is also directed to methods to for producing the instant compounds and pharmaceutical compositions an medicaments thereof.
  • The present invention is further directed to methods for treating or ameliorating a serine protease-mediated disorder. In particular, the method of the present invention is directed to treating or ameliorating a chymase mediated disorder such as, but not limited to, allergic rhinitis, viral rhinitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, acute lung injury, psoriasis, arthritis, reperfusion injury, ischemia, hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, heart failure damage associated with myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis (e.g., associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts), pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis (e.g., associated with glomerulonephritis), liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic sclerosis, keloid scars, rheumatoid arthritis, bullous pemphigiod, and atherosclerosis. Additionally, these compounds can be used for modulating wound healing and remodeling (e.g., cardiac hypertrophy) as well as immune modulation.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows the percent change in specific lung resistance (SRL) from baseline for Compound 17 when administered via aerosol inhalation compared to control in a spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep over an 8 hour period.
  • FIG. 2 shows the change in the cumulative carbachol dose required to increase SRL 400% (PC 400) from a baseline value (BSL) measured at 24 hours post-dosing of, Compound 17 via aerosol inhalation delivery in the spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep compared to a 24 hour post-dosing challenge with carbachol (Post Antigen).
  • FIG. 3 shows the percent change in specific lung resistance (SRL) from baseline for Compound 17 when administered via oral administration compared to control in a spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep over an 8 hour period.
  • FIG. 4 shows the change in the cumulative carbachol dose required to increase SRL 400% (PC 400) from a baseline value (BSL) measured at 24 hours post-dosing of Compound 17 via oral administration in the spontaneous Ascaris suum antigen-induced model of asthma in sheep compared to a 24 hour post-dosing challenge with carbachol (Post Antigen).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00005
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl.
  • More preferably, R1 is hydrogen.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein:
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00006
  • is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl and benzo fused cycloalkyl optionally substituted with R2 and R3.
  • Preferably, ring system A is selected from the group consisting of heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl, or aryl.
  • Preferably when A is a bicyclic ring system of the formula:
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00007
  • wherein the a1 portion of said a1a2 is optionally substituted with R2; and the a2 portion is optionally substituted with R3.
  • Preferably a2 is an aromatic ring.
  • Preferably, ring system A is selected from the group consisting of naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, dihydronaphthyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, and benzodioxolyl when n is equal to zero; and A is phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, or pyridin-3-yl when n is equal to one. In embodiments of the present invention wherein a bicyclic ring system is used for A, the a2 ring will be aromatic. More preferably, ring system A is selected from the group consisting of naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzothiophenyl, when n is equal to zero, and A is selected from phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, and pyridin-3-yl when n is equal to one.
  • A preferred embodiment of the present invention includes compounds of Formula (I) wherein n is equal to one.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula wherein R2 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting C1-6alkyl, methoxy, C2-6alkoxy, —NH2, NH(C1-6-alkyl), —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro; wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-6alkoxy are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from —NR11R12, aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogens, and hydroxy.
  • More preferably, R2 is a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, methoxy, C2-4alkoxy, hydroxy, halogen, and —NH2.
  • Most preferably, R2 is C1-4alkyl, halogen, or —NH2.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxy, —OCH2(C2-6)alkenyl, NH2, —NH(C1-6alkyl), —N(C1-6)dialkyl, —NHC(═O)Cy, —N(C1-6alkyl)C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, —C(═O)NR17R18, —C(═O)NHcycloalkyl, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, —C(═O)NHCy, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)Cy, —C(═O)Cy, —OC(═O)NR19R20, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, aryl, and aryloxy; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —NR21R22, —NHcycloalkyl, —N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, —NHCy, —N(C1-6alkyl)Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, —C(═O)NR23R24, —OC(═O)NR25R26, —C(═O)(C1-4)alkoxy, and —C(═O)Cy; wherein alkenyl is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon with aryl and —C(═O)NR27R28; and wherein aryl and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from R14.
  • More preferably, R3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, —NR19R20, —NHC(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR17R18, —C(═O)NHcycloalkyl, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, halogen, and aryl; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with one to three fluorine atoms, —NH2, —NHCy, or —N(C1-4alkyl)Cy; and wherein aryl and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with a group independently selected from R14.
  • Even more preferably, R3 is one to two substituents independently selected from trifluoromethyl, C1-4alkoxy optionally substituted with one to three fluorine atoms, —NH2, —NHC(═O)Cy, or halogen.
  • Preferably when R3 is NHC(═O)Cy then Cy is preferably piperadinyl, and substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkylC(═O)C1-4alkyl, —C1-4alkylC(═O)C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylC(═O)aryl, —C(═O)(C1-4)alkyl, —C(═O)(C1-4)alkoxy, —C(═O)aryl, —SO2aryl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; wherein aryl and the aryl portion of the C1-4alkylC(═O)aryl, —C(═O)aryl, and —SO2aryl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), and, —N(C1-4)dialkyl; and wherein heterocycyl is optionally substituted with aryl, one to three halogen atoms, or one oxo substituents.
  • Most preferably, R3 is trifluoromethyl, one to two fluorine atoms, chloro, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or NH2; furthermore, when A is naphthyl and n is equal to zero, R3 is (4-{[1-(naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-piperadine-4-carbonyl]-amino}-naphthalene-2-yl.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein X is hydrogen or C1-3alkyl.
  • More preferably, X is hydrogen.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein Y is independently selected from a group consisting of C1-3alkyl, SO3H, CO2H, heteroaryl, —OC(═O)NH2, and P(═O)OR5R6; wherein alkyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —OSO2NH2 and hydroxy.
  • More preferably, Y is independently SO3H or P(═O)OR5R6.
  • Most preferably, Y is P(═O)OR5R6.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxy-carbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylamino-carbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxy; and aryl optionally substituted with C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, C2-6 alkenyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro; alternatively, when R6 is C1-6alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 5-8 membered monocyclic ring;
  • provided that R5 is other than C1-6alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-6alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
  • More preferably, R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with C1-8alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-8alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxyl; and aryl; alternatively, when R6 is C1-8alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 6-7 membered monocyclic ring; provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthiol when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3 and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
  • Most preferably, R5 is hydrogen or C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6 )alkylamino-carbonyl, or di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl; and alternatively, when R6 is C1-8alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 6-membered monocyclic ring; provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chlorobenzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C2-8alkenyl, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein alkyl, alkoxy, and alkenyl are optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkyl-aminocarbonyl, and hydroxy; and wherein heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, and halogen.
  • More preferably, R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein alkyl and is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from C1-3alkoxy, aryl, or hydroxy; and alkoxy is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, and di(C1-6)alkyl-aminocarbonyl; and wherein heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, and halogen.
  • Most preferably, R6 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, methoxypropyl, phenethyl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-propyl, hydroxy, and C1-3alkoxy optionally substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, and di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Preferred embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein Z is a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with the group R4; provided that when Y is CO2H, A must be a bicycle.
  • More preferably, Z is selected from the group consisting of indolyl, benzothiophenyl, naphthalenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl and benzothiazolone.
  • Most preferably, Z is selected from the group consisting of indolyl, benzothiophenyl, and naphthalenyl.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I) wherein R4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxyl, aryl(C2-8)alkenyl, halogen, —C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR31R32; aryl, —CO2H, oxo, and cyano; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substitute n a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from aryl, —NR33R34, one to three halogens, or hydroxy; wherein aryl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro.
  • Preferably, R4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxy, aryl(C2-6)alkenyl, halogen, —C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR31R32, aryl, —CO2H, oxo, and cyano; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from —NR33R34, aryl, one to three halogen atoms, or hydroxy; wherein aryl is optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, aryl, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro.
  • More preferably, R4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl, aryl(C2-6)alkenyl, halogen, and —C(═O)Cy; wherein aryl is optionally substituted with a substituent selected from halogen and C1-4alkoxy.
  • Most preferably, R4 is one to two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, phenyl(C2-6)alkenyl, and —C(═O)(2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)).
  • Embodiments of the phosphonic and phosphinic acids of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (Ia) wherein the substituents are as previously defined (including the previously listed preferred substitutions in any combination). Examples of embodiments of the present invention are shown in Table I:
  • TABLE I
    (Ia)
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00008
    Cpd
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00009
         		R5 R6 n W Z—R4
    1 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 5-Cl-N-methyl-
    indol-3-yl
    2 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    3 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    4 4-fluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    5 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Me-
    benzothiophen-2-yl
    6 3-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    7 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    8 4-{[1-(naphthalen-2- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-piperadin-4-
    ylcarbonyl]-
    amino}naphthalen-2-yl
    9 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    10 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-F-benzothiophen-3-yl
    11 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-F-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    12 4-amino-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    13 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Br-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    14 Phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    15 3-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    16 3,4-trifluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    17 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    18 phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-2-yl
    19 4-fluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    20 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    21 2-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    22 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    23 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Br-benzothiophen-3-yl
    24 4-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    25 pyridin-3-yl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    26 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O benzothiophen-3-yl
    27 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O N-(3-phenyl-allyl)-indol-3-
    yl
    28 naphthalen-2-yl H CH2CH3 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    29 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH2CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    30 benzothiazol-6-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    31 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    32 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-
    ylcarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    33 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    34 naphthalen-2-yl H 3-methoxy- 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    propyl
    35 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 2-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    36 naphthalen-2-yl H phenethyl 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    37 phenyl H OH 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    38 4-methoxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    39 naphthalen-2-yl H 3-(benzo 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    [1,3]dioxol-
    5-yl)-propyl
    40 naphthalen-2-yl H 3-(naphthylen- 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    1yl)
    propyl
    41 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 2-(4-(Benzyloxycarbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-ylcarbonyl))--
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    42 4-methyl-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-2-yl
    43 naphthalen-2-yl H 3- 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    (4-hydroxy
    phenyl)
    propyl
    44 3-((N-benzoyl-piperidin- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    4-ylamino)-methyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    45 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 S 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    46 3-[(1-phenyl)-cyclohex- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    1-enyl-N-methyl-
    aminocarbonyl]-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    47 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 2-((4-F-phenyl)-piperidin-
    1-ylcarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    48 naphthalen-2-yl H (3-phenyl) 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    propyl
    49 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    51 naphthalen-2-yl H (4-phenyl) 0 O 5-Cl-benzothidphen-3-yl
    butyl
    52 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 6-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    53 naphthalen-2-yl H 3-(4- 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    methoxy-
    phenyl)
    propyl
    54 3-[4-((3-phenethyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    pyrrolidin-1-
    ylcarbonyl)]-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    55 benzothiophen-5-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    56 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-carboxy-N-Me-indol-3-
    yl
    57 quinolin-3-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    58 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 7-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    59 benzo[b]thiophen-6-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    60 3-[4-(6-chloro-2-oxo- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    2,3-dihydro-
    benzoimidazol-1-yl)-
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl]
    naphthalen-2-yl
    61 4-biphenyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    62 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O N-cyclopropyl
    methyl-indol-3-yl
    63 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 4-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    64 benzothiophen-2-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    65 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-cyano-N-methyl-indol-3-
    yl
    66 4-hydroxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    67 (6-Br)-naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    68 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O Indol-3-yl
    69 2-amino- H OH 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    benzothiazol-6-yl
    70 3-(Cyclohexylamino)
    methyl-naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    71 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Ph-benzothiophen-3-yl
    72 3-(N-benzyl-amino- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyloxymethyl)
    naphthalen-2-yl
    73 3-(pyridin-4-yl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    74 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-methoxy-N-methyl-
    indol-3-yl
    75 3-(methoxycarbonyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    76 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 6-Br-benzothiophen-3-yl
    77 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O N-isopropyl-indol-3-yl
    78 4-chloro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    79 quinolin-6-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    81 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    82 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O N-phenyl-indol-3-yl
    83 4-(1H-indol-3-yl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    85 indanyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    86 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-1,1-dioxo-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    87 ((3-phenyl)pyrrolidin-1- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-
    2-yl
    89 naphthalen-2-yl H Ph 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    90 ((3-methyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    cyclohexylamino)methyl-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    91 3-(cyclopentyl-N- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    methylamino-carbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    92 3-((5-methoxy H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyl)aminomethyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    93 3-(4-(2-oxo-2,3- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    dihydro-benzoimidazol-
    1-yl)-piperidin-1-yl-
    carbonyl)-naphthalen
    2-yl
    94 3-(phenylamino- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyloxy)methyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    95 3-(phenylamino- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyl)methyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    96 quinolin-2-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    97 3-((4-phenoxy-phenyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    aminocarbonyloxy
    methyl)naphthalen-2-yl
    98 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-(4-F-phenyl)-N-methyl-
    indol-3-yl
    99 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 4-Br-benzo
    thiophen-3-yl
    100 3-[(4-benzotriazol-1-yl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)]-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    101 3-(4-phenyl)-piperidin- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    1-ylcarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    102 3-((naphthalen-2- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)piperidin-4-
    ylmethylamino-methyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    103 3-((3-benzenesulfonyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    104 3-(N-[3-(4-oxo-1- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    phenyl-1,3,8-triaza-
    spiro[4.5]
    decane-8-carbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    105 3-(naphthalen-2- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    ylaminocarbonyloxy-
    methyl)naphthalen-2-yl
    106 2-fluorenyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    107 3-(benzylaminomethyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    108 (3-OH)naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    109 3-(N-benzyl-3- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    acrylamide)naphthalen-
    2-yl
    110 3-((5-phenyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    pentylamino)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    111 3-(N-benzyl-N-methyl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    aminocarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    112 3-[(5H-dibenzo- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    [a,d]cyclohepten-5-yl)-
    propyl]-methyl-amino
    methyl-naphthalen-2-yl
    113 3-(4-(benzothiazol-2-yl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl))-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    114 1-(2-oxo-2-(4-phenyl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    115 3-([2-(3,4-dimethoxy- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    phenyl)-ethyl]-N-
    methylaminocarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    116 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 1-Me-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-
    b]pyridine
    117 3-((4-OH- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    cyclohexylamino)-
    methyl)naphthalen-2-yl
    118 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 2-carboxy-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    119 3-(benzyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    aminocarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    121 3-(3-phenyl-allyloxy)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    122 3-(benzyloxy)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    123 3-(methoxycarbonyl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    methoxy)naphthalen-2-
    yl
    124 3-(cyclopentylamino- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl)naphthalen-2-yl
    125 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-2-yl
    126 3-(phenethyl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    methylaminomethyl)
    naphthalen-2-yl
    127 naphthalen-2-yl H CH3 0 O 2-(benzylaminocarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    128 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O N-phenyl-indol-4-yl
    129 indol-5-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    130 3-(3-phenyl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    propylcarbamoyl)-
    methoxy)-naphthalen-
    2-yl
    131 3-(2-phenyl-pyrrolidin- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    1-ylcarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    132 3-amino-naphthalen-2- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    yl
    133 3-((5-hydroxy-
    pentylamino)-methyl)- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    134 1-(methoxycarbonyl- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    methoxy)-naphthalen-
    2-yl
    135 benzo[1,3]dioxolyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    137 isoquinolin-3-yl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    138 3-phenoxy-phenyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    139 3-(isopropyloxy- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyl)-naphthalen-
    2-yl
    140 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O benzothiophen-2-yl
    141 3-{[1-(naphthalen-2- H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-piperidin-4-
    ylcarbonyl]-amino}-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    142 3-(benzylmethyl H OH 0 O naphthalen-1-yl
    aminomethyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    143 naphthalen-2-yl H OH 0 O 6-(4-butylphenyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    144 trans 2- H CH3 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenylcycloprop-1-yl
    145 2-methoxy-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    146 benzofuran-2-yl H CH3 0 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    147 2-nitro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    148 2-methylcarbonyloxy- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    149 2-hydroxy-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    150 pyridin-2-yl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    151 2-amino-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    152 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    153 3-trifluoromethoxy- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    154 3-methoxy-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    155 2-methyl-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    156 2,6-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    157 4-cyano-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    158 2-ureido-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    159 2-(NHC(═O))2NH2—
    phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    160 2-chloro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    161 3-chloro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    162 3,5-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    163 2,3-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    164 2-bromo-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    165 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    166 3-nitro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    167 3-bromo-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    168 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    169 2,5-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    170 3,5-dichloro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    171 2,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    172 3-amino-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    173 phenyl —CH2O(Me)2CH2O— 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    174 phenyl 3-methoxy- OH 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    prop-1-yl
    175 phenyl 3-methoxy- 3-methoxy- 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    prop-1-yl prop-1-yl-
    oxy
    176 phenyl 2-(1,3- OH 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    dioxolan-2-
    yl)-eth-1-yl
    177 phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    t-butyl
    178 phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    179 phenyl (2-dimethyl 2-dimethyl 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    amino)- amino-
    eth-1-yl ethoxy
    180 phenyl —CH2C(═O) —OCH2 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    NEt2 C(═O)
    NEt2
    181 phenyl —(CH2)2S —O(CH2)2S 1 O naphthalen-1-yl
    C(═O) C(═O)
    t-butyl t-butyl
    182 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    183 3,4-difluoro-phenyl (2-dimethyl CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    amino)-
    eth-1-yl
    184 3,4-difluoro-phenyl (2-amino)- CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    eth-1-yl
    185 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2C(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    NEt2
    186 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    187 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    188 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2C(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    NEt2 C(═O)
    NEt2
    189 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    190 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    methyl
    191 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    192 2-methoxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    193 pyridin-2-yl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    194 3-trifIuoromethoxy- H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    195 3-methoxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    196 2,6-difluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    197 2-chloro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    198 3-chloro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    199 3,5-difluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    200 2,3-difluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    201 2-bromo-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    202 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    203 3-nitro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    204 3-bromo-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    205 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    206 2,5-difluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    207 3,5-dichloro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    208 2,4-difluoro-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    209 3-amino-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    210 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    211 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    212 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    213 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    214 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    215 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    216 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    217 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    218 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    219 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    220 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    221 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    222 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    223 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    224 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    225 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    226 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    227 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    228 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    229 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    230 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    231 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    232 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    233 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    234 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    235 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    236 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    237 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    238 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    239 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    240 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    241 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    242 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    243 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    244 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    245 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    246 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    247 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    248 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    249 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    250 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    251 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    252 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    253 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    254 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    255 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    256 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    257 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    258 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    259 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    260 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    261 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    262 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    263 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    264 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    265 pyridin-2-yl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    266 3-trifIuoromethoxy- —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    267 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    268 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    269 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    270 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    271 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    272 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    273 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    274 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    275 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    276 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    277 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    278 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    279 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    280 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    281 3-amino-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    282 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    283 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    284 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl isopropyloxy
    285 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    286 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    287 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    288 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    289 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    290 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    291 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    292 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    293 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    294 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    295 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    296 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    297 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    298 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    299 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    300 3-fluoro-5-chloro- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    301 2-fluoro-3-chloro- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    302 4-fluoro-3-chloro- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    303 2-fluoro-5-chloro- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    304 3,5-dibromo-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    305 3-cyano-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    306 2-cyano-phenyl H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    307 3-fluoro-5- H CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl
    308 3-fluoro-5-chloro- H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    309 2-fluoro-3-chloro- H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    310 4-fluoro-3-chloro- H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    311 2-fluoro-5-chloro- H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    312 3,5-dibromo-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    313 3-cyano-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    314 2-cyano-phenyl H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    315 3-fluoro-5- H OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl
    316 3-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    317 2-fluoro-3-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    318 4-fluoro-3-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    319 2-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    320 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    321 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    322 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    323 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl t-butyl
    324 3-fluoro-5-chloro —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    325 2-fluoro-3-chloro —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    326 4-fluoro-3-chloro —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    327 2-fluoro-5-chloro —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    328 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    329 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    330 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    331 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    332 3-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    333 2-fluoro-3-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    334 4-fluoro-3-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    335 2-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    336 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    337 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    338 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    339 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl t-butyl
    340 3-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    341 2-fluoro-3-chloro- —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    342 4-fluoro-3-chloro- —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    343 2-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    344 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    345 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    346 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    347 3-fluoro-5- —CH2CH2CH2O— 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl
    348 3-fluoro-5-chloro- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl isopropyloxy
    349 2-fluoro-3-chloro —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl isopropyloxy
    350 4-fluoro-3-chloro —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl isopropyloxy
    351 2-fluoro-5-chloro —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl isopropyloxy
    352 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    353 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    354 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    355 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) OH 1 O 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl isopropyloxy
  • Embodiments of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (II) shown in Table II:
  • TABLE II
    (II)
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00010
    Cpd Y
    50 —SO3H
    80 —OC(═O)NH2
    84 —CO2H
    88
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00011
    120 —CH2OSO2NH2
    136 —CH2OH
  • Preferred embodiments of the phosphonic and phosphinic acids of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (Ib) wherein the substituents are as previously defined (including any combinations of the preferred embodiments). Examples of some of these, embodiments are shown in Table III:
  • TABLE III
    (Ib)
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00012
    Cpd
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00013
         		R6 Z—R4
    1 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-
    3-yl
    3 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    5 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Me-benzothiophen-2-yl
    8 4-{[1-(naphthalen-2-carbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl]-amino}-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    9 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    10 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-F-benzothiophen-3-yl
    11 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-F-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    13 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Br-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    20 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    22 naphthalen-2-yl H N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    23 naphthalen-2-yl H 5-Br-benzothiophen-3-yl
    26 naphthalen-2-yl OH benzothiophen-3-yl
    27 naphthalen-2-yl OH N-(3-phenyl-allyl)-indol-3-yl
    28 naphthalen-2-yl CH2CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    30 benzothiazol-6-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    31 naphthalen-2-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    32 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 2-(4-phenyl-piperidine-1-
    carbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    33 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 naphthalen-1-yl
    34 naphthalen-2-yl 3-methoxy- 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    propyl
    35 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 2-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    36 naphthalen-2-yl phenethyl 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    39 naphthalen-2-yl 3-(benzo 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    [1,3]dioxol-
    5-yl)-propyl
    40 naphthalen-2-yl 3- 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    (naphthylen-
    1yl)propyl
    41 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 2-(4-(Benzyloxycarbonyl)-
    piperazin-1-ylcarbonyl))--
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    43 naphthalen-2-yl 3- 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    (4-hydroxy
    phenyl)
    propyl
    44 3-((benzoyl-piperidin-4-yl- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    amino)-methyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    45 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    46 3-[(1-phenyl)-cyclohex-1-enyl-4- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    N-methylamino-carbonyl)]-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    47 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 2-((4-F-phenyl)-piperidin-1-
    ylcarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    48 naphthalen-2-yl (3-phenyl) 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    propyl
    51 naphthalen-2-yl (4-phenyl) 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    butyl
    52 naphthalen-2-yl OH 6-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    53 naphthalen-2-yl 3-(4- 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    methoxy
    phenyl)
    propyl
    54 3-[4-((3-phenethyl)-pyrrolidin-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)]-naphthalen-2-yl
    55 benzothiophen-5-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    56 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-carboxy-N-Me-indol-3-yl-
    57 quinolin-3-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    58 naphthalen-2-yl OH 7-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    59 benzo[b]thiophen-6-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    60 3-[4-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2,3- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    dihydro-benzoimidazol-1-yl)-
    piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl]-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    61 p-biphenyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    62 naphthalen-2-yl OH N-cyclopropylmethyl-
    indol-3-yl
    63 naphthalen-2-yl OH 4-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    64 benzothiophen-2-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    65 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-cyano-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    67 (6-Br)-naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    68 naphthalen-2-yl OH Indol-3-yl
    69 2-amino-benzothiazol-6-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    70 3-(cyclohexylamino)methyl- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    71 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Ph-benzothiophen-3-yl
    72 3-(N-benzyl-aminocarbonyloxy OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl)
    naphthalen-2-yl
    73 3-(pyridin-4-yl-pyrrolidin-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    74 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-methoxy-N-methyl-
    indol-3-yl
    75 3-(methoxycarbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    76 naphthalen-2-yl OH 6-Br-benzothiophen-3-yl
    77 naphthalen-2-yl OH N-isopropyl-indol-3-yl
    79 quinolin-6-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    82 naphthalen-2-yl OH N-phenyl-indol-3-yl
    83 (4-(1H-indol-3-yl)-piperidin-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    85 Indanyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    86 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Cl-1,1-dioxo-benzothiophen-
    3-yl
    87 ((3-phenyl)pyrrolidin-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    89 naphthalen-2-yl Ph 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    90 ((3-methyl)-cyclohexyl- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    amino)methyl-naphthalen-2-yl
    91 3-(cyclopentyl-N-methylamino- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    92 3-((Hexanoic acid methyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ester)aminomethyl)-naphthalen-
    2-yl
    93 3-(4-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro OH naphthalen-1-yl
    benzoimidazol-1-yl)-piperidin-1-
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    94 3-(phenyl-aminocarbonyloxy)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    95 3-(phenyl-aminocarbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl-naphthalen-2-yl
    96 quinolin-2-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    97 3-((4-phenoxy-phenyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    aminocarbonyloxymethyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    98 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-(4-F-phenyl)-N-methyl-indol-
    3-yl
    99 naphthalen-2-yl OH 4-Br-benzothiophen-3-yl
    100 3-[(4-benzotriazol-1-yl-piperidin- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    1-ylcarbonyl)I-naphthalen-2-yl
    101 3-(4-phenyl)-piperidin-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    102 3-((naphthalene-2-carbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-4-ylmethylamino-
    methyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    103 3-((3-benzenesulfonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    104 3-(N-[3-(4-oxo-1-phenyl-1,3,8- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    triaza-spiro[4.5]decane-8-
    carbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    105 3-(naphthalen-2- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylaminocarbonyloxy-methyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    106 2-fluorenyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    107 3-(benzylaminomethyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    108 (3-OH)naphthalen-2-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    109 3-(N-benzyl-3- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    acrylamide)naphthalen-2-yl
    110 3-((5-phenyl)pentylamino)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    111 3-(N-benzyl-N-methyl-amino- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    carbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    112 3-[(5H-dibenzo[a,d]cyclohepten- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    5-yl)-propyl]-methyl-amino-
    methyl-naphthalen-2-yl
    113 3-(4-(benzothiazol-2-yl- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidine-1-carbonyl))-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    114 1-(2-oxo-2-(4-phenyl-piperidin- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    1-yl)-ethoxy)-naphthalen-2-yl
    115 3-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ethyl]-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    116 naphthalen-2-yl OH 1-Me-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
    117 3-((4-OH-cyclohexylamino)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    118 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 2-carboxy-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    119 3-(benzylaminocarbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    121 3-(3-phenyl-allyloxy)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    122 3-(benzyloxy)-naphthalen-2-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    123 3-(methoxycarbonyl-methoxy)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    124 3-(cyclopentylamino-methyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    125 naphthalen-2-yl OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-2-yl
    126 3-(phenethyl-methylamino- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl)naphthalen-2-yl
    127 naphthalen-2-yl CH3 2-(benzylaminocarbonyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    128 naphthalen-2-yl OH N-phenyl-indol-4-yl
    129 indol-5-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    130 3-(3-phenyl-propylcarbamoyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methoxy)-naphthalen-2-yl
    131 3-(2-phenyl-pyrrolidin-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ylcarbonyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    132 3-amino-naphthalen-2-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    133 3-((5-hydroxypentylamino)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    methyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    134 1-(1-oxy-acetic acid methyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    ester)-naphthalen-2-yl
    135 benzo[1,3]dioxolyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    137 isoquinolin-3-yl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    138 3-phenoxy-phenyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    139 3-(isopropyloxycarbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    naphthalen-2-yl
    140 naphthalen-2-yl OH benzothiophen-2-yl
    141 3-{[1-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbonyl)- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    piperidin-4-ylcarbonyl]-amino}-
    naphthalen-2-yl
    142 3-(benzylmethyl OH naphthalen-1-yl
    aminomethyl)-naphthalen-2-yl
    143 naphthalen-2-yl OH 6-(4-butyphenyl)-
    benzothiophen-3-yl
    146 benzofuran-2-yl CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
  • Preferred embodiments of the phosphonic and phosphinic acids of the present invention include those compounds of Formula (Ic) shown in Table IV:
  • TABLE IV
    (Ic)
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00014
    Cpd
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00015
         		R5 R6 Z—R4
    2 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    4 4-fluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    6 3-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    7 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-N-methyl-indol-3-yl
    12 4-amino-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    14 phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    15 3-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    16 3,4-trifluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    17 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    18 phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-2-yl
    19 4-fluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    21 2-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    24 4-fluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    25 pyridin-3-yl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    29 3,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH2CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    37 phenyl H OH naphthalen-1-yl
    38 4-methoxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    42 4-methyl-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-2-yl
    49 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    66 4-hydroxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    78 4-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    81 4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    145 2-methoxy-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    146 benzofuran-2-yl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    147 2-nitro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    148 2-methylcarbonyloxy- H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    149 2-hydroxy-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    150 pyridin-2-yl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    151 2-amino-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    152 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    153 3-trifluoromethoxy- H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    154 3-methoxy-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    155 2-methyl-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    156 2,6-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    157 4-cyano-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    158 2-ureido-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    159 2-(NHC(═O))2NH2- H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    160 2-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    161 3-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    162 3,5-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    163 2,3-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    164 2-bromo-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    165 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    166 3-nitro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    167 3-bromo-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    168 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    169 2,5-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    170 3,5-dichloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    171 2,4-difluoro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    172 3-amino-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    173 phenyl —CH2C(Me)2CH2O— naphthalen-1-yl
    174 phenyl 3-methoxy-prop-1- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    yl
    175 phenyl 3-methoxy-prop-1- 3-methoxy- naphthalen-1-yl
    yl prop-1-yl-
    oxy
    176 phenyl 2-(1,3-dioxolan-2- OH naphthalen-1-yl
    yl)-eth-1-yl
    177 phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH naphthalen-1-yl
    t-butyl
    178 phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— naphthalen-1-yl
    179 phenyl (2-dimethylamino)- 2-dimethyl naphthalen-1-yl
    eth-1-yl amino-
    ethoxy
    180 phenyl —CH2C(═O)NEt2 —OCH2 naphthalen-1-yl
    C(═O)NEt2
    181 phenyl —(CH2)2SC(═O) —O(CH2)2S naphthalen-1-yl
    t-butyl C(═O)
    t-butyl
    182 3,4-difluoro-phenyl 1-CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    183 3,4-difluoro-phenyl (2-dimethylamino)- CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    eth-1-yl
    184 3,4-difluoro-phenyl (2-amino)-eth-1-yl CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    185 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2C(═O)NEt2 CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    186 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    187 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl)
    188 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2C(═O)NEt2 —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    C(═O)NEt2
    189 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    190 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    methyl
    191 3,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    192 2-methoxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    193 pyridin-2-yl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    194 3-trifluoromethoxy- H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    195 3-methoxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    196 2,6-difluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    197 2-chloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    198 3-chloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    199 3,5-difluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    200 2,3-difluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    201 2-bromo-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    202 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    203 3-nitro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    204 3-bromo-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    205 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    206 2,5-difluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    207 3,5-dichloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    208 2,4-difluoro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    209 3-amino-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    210 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    211 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    212 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    213 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    214 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    215 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    216 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    217 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    218 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    219 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    220 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    221 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    222 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    223 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    224 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    225 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    226 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    227 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    228 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    229 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    230 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    231 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    232 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    233 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    234 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    235 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    236 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    237 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    238 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    239 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    240 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    241 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    242 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    243 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    244 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    245 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    246 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    247 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    248 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl t-butyl
    249 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    250 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    251 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    252 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    253 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    254 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    255 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    256 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    257 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    258 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    259 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    260 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    261 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    262 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    263 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    264 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    265 pyridin-2-yl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    266 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl
    267 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    268 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    269 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    270 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    271 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    272 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    273 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    274 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    275 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    276 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    277 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    278 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    279 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    280 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    281 3-amino-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    282 2-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    283 pyridin-2-yl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    284 3-trifluoromethoxy- —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    phenyl isopropyloxy
    285 3-methoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    286 2,6-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    287 2-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    288 3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    289 3,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    290 2,3-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    291 2-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    292 2,3-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    293 3-nitro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    294 3-bromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    295 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    296 2,5-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    297 3,5-dichloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    298 2,4-difluoro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    299 3-amino-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    300 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    301 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    302 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    303 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    304 3,5-dibromo-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    305 3-cyano-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    306 2-cyano-phenyl H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    307 3-fluoro-5- H CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl
    308 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    309 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    310 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    311 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    312 3,5-dibromo-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    313 3-cyano-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    314 2-cyano-phenyl H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    315 3-fluoro-5- H OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl
    316 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    317 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    318 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    319 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    320 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    321 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    322 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    323 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) CH3 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl t-butyl
    324 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    325 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    326 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    327 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    328 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    329 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    330 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    331 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) —OCH2 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl t-butyl OC(═O)
    t-butyl
    332 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    333 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    334 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    335 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    336 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    337 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    338 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    t-butyl
    339 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl t-butyl
    340 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    341 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    342 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    343 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    344 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    345 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    346 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    347 3-fluoro-5- —CH2CH2CH2O— 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl
    348 3-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    349 2-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    350 4-fluoro-3-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    351 2-fluoro-5-chloro-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    352 3,5-dibromo-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    353 3-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    354 2-cyano-phenyl —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    isopropyloxy
    355 3-fluoro-5- —CH2OC(═O) OH 5-Cl-benzothiophen-3-yl
    trifluoromethyl-phenyl isopropyloxy
  • A preferred embodiment of the present invention includes the representative compounds presented in Table V.
  • TABLE V
    Cpd
    1
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00016
    2
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00017
    3
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00018
    4
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00019
    5
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00020
    6
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00021
    7
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00022
    8
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00023
    9
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00024
    10
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00025
    11
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00026
    12
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00027
    13
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00028
    14
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00029
    15
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00030
    16
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00031
    17
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00032
    18
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00033
    19
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00034
    20
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00035
    21
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00036
    22
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00037
    23
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00038
    24
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00039
    25
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00040
    145
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00041
    149
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00042
    150
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00043
    153
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00044
    154
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00045
    156
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00046
    160
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00047
    161
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00048
    162
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00049
    163
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00050
    164
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00051
    165
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00052
    166
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00053
    167
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00054
    168
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00055
    169
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00056
    170
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00057
    171
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00058
    172
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00059
    177
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00060
    182
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00061
    186
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00062
    187
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00063
    189
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00064
    191
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00065
  • The compounds of the present invention may also be present in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of this invention refer to non-toxic “pharmaceutically acceptable salts.” FDA approved pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms (Ref. International J. Pharm. 1986, 33, 201-217; J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, Jan, 66(1), p1) include pharmaceutically acceptable acidic/anionic or basic/cationic salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable acidic/anionic salts include, and are not limited to acetate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bitartrate, bromide, calcium edetate, camsylate, carbonate, chloride, citrate, dihydrochloride, edetate, edisylate, estolate, esylate, fumarate, glyceptate, gluconate, glutamate, glycollylarsanilate, hexylresorcinate, hydrabamine, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, isethionate, lactate, lactobionate, malate, maleate, mandelate, mesylate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methylsulfate, mucate, napsylate, nitrate, pamoate, pantothenate, phosphate/diphospate, polygalacturonate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, teoclate, tosylate, and triethiodide. Organic or inorganic acids also include, and are not limited to, hydriodic, perchloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, propionic, glycolic, methanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, oxalic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclohexanesulfamic, saccharinic, and trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable basic/cationic salts include, and are not limited to aluminum, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol (also known as tris(hydroxy-methyl)aminomethane, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, tromethamine), ammonia, benzathine, t-butylamine, calcium, chloroprocaine, choline, cyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lithium, L-lysine, magnesium, meglumine, NH3, NH4OH, N-methyl-D-glucamine, piperidine, potassium, procaine, quinine, SEH, sodium, triethanolamine (TEA), imidazole, and zinc.
  • Compounds of the present invention may be contacted with a pharmaceutically acceptable cation selected from the group consisting of aluminum, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol (also known as tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, tromethamine), ammonia, benzathine, t-butylamine, calcium, chloroprocaine, choline, cyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lithium, L-lysine, magnesium, meglumine, NH3, NH4OH, N-methyl-D-glucamine, piperidine, potassium, procaine, quinine, SEH, sodium, triethanolamine (TEA), imidazole, and zinc to form a salt.
  • Preferred cations for use with the instant compounds are selected from the group consisting of benzathine, t-butylamine, calcium, choline, cyclohexylamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, L-lysine, NH3, NH4OH, N-methyl-D-glucamine, piperidine, potassium, procaine, quinine, sodium, triethanolamine, imidazole, and tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine (tromethamine).
  • More preferably, cations for use with the instant compounds are selected from the group consisting of t-butylamine, NH4OH, imidazole, sodium, and tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine(tromethamine).
  • Most preferably, the cations for use with the instant compounds are tromethamine and sodium.
  • The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of this invention. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds, which are readily convertible in vivo into an active compound. Thus, in the methods of treatment of the present invention, the term “administering” shall encompass the treatment of the various disorders described with the compound specifically disclosed or a prodrug compound which would be obviously included within the scope of the invention although not specifically disclosed. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in “Design of Prodrugs”, ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985. Phosphonic acid prodrugs (as described in De Lombaert S., et al, Non-Peptidic Inhibitors of Neutral Endopeptidase 24.11; Design and Pharmacology of Orally Active Phosphonate Prodrugs, Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 1995, 5(2), 151-154; and, De Lombaert S., et al, N-Phosphonomethyl Dipeptides and Their Phosphonate Prodrugs, a New Generation Neutral Endopeptidase (NEP, EC 3.424.11) Inhibitors, J. Med. Chem., 1994, 37, 498-511) and phosphinic acid prodrugs are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.
  • The compounds according to this invention may have at least one chiral center and thus may exist as enantiomers. In addition, the compounds of the present invention may also possess two or more chiral centers and thus may also exist as diastereomers. Where the processes for the preparation of the present compounds give rise to a mixture of stereoisomers, these isomers may be separated by conventional techniques such as preparative chromatography. Accordingly, the compounds may be prepared as a racemic mixture or, by either enantiospecific synthesis or resolution, as individual enantiomers. The compounds may, for example, be resolved from a racemic mixture into their component racemates by standard techniques, such as the formation of diastereomeric pairs by salt formation with an optically active base, followed by fractional crystallization and regeneration of the compounds of this invention. The racemic mixture may also be resolved by formation of diastereomeric esters or amides, followed by chromatographic separation and removal of the chiral auxiliary. Alternatively, the compounds may be resolved using a chiral HPLC column. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present invention, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, ed. J. F. W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T. W. Greene & P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known in the art.
  • Furthermore, some of the crystalline forms for the compounds may exist as polymorphs and as such are intended to be included in the present invention. In addition, some of the compounds may form solvates with water (i.e., hydrates) or common organic solvents, and such solvates are also intended to be encompassed within the scope of this invention.
  • As used herein, unless otherwise noted, “alkyl” whether used alone or as part of a substituent group refers to straight and branched carbon chains having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or any number within this range. The term “alkoxy” refers to an —Oalkyl substituent group, wherein alkyl is as defined supra. Similarly, the terms “alkenyl” and “alkynyl” refer to straight and branched carbon chains having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or any number within this range, wherein an alkenyl chain has at least one double bond in the chain and an alkynyl chain has at least one triple bond in the chain. An alkyl and alkoxy chain may be substituted on a terminal carbon atom or, when acting as a linking group, within the carbon chain.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” refers to saturated or partially unsaturated, moncyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon rings of from 3 to 20 carbon atom members (preferably from 3 to 14 carbon atom members). Further, a cycloalkyl ring may optionally be fused to one or more cycloalkyl rings. Examples of such rings include, and are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and adamantyl.
  • The term “heterocyclyl” refers to a nonaromatic cyclic ring of 5 to 10 members in which 1 to 4 members are nitrogen or a nonaromatic cyclic ring of 5 to 10 members in which zero, one or two members are nitrogen and up to two members is oxygen or sulfur; wherein, optionally, the ring contains zero, one or two unsaturated bonds. Alternatively, the heterocyclyl ring may be fused to a benzene ring (benzo fused heterocyclyl), a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl ring (containing one of O, S or N and, optionally, one additional nitrogen), a 5 to 7 membered-cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl ring, a 5 to 7 membered heterocyclyl-ring (of the same definition as above but absent the option of a further fused ring) or fused with the carbon of attachment of a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or heterocyclyl ring to form a spiro moiety. For instant compounds of the invention, the carbon atom ring members that form the heterocyclyl ring are fully saturated. Other compounds of the invention may have a partially saturated heterocyclyl ring. Additionally, the heterocyclyl can be bridged to form bicyclic rings. Preferred partially saturated heterocyclyl rings may have from one to two double bonds. Such compounds are not considered to be fully aromatic and are not referred to as heteroaryl compounds. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, and are not limited to, pyrrolinyl (including 2H-pyrrole, 2-pyrrolinyl or 3-pyrrolinyl), pyrrolidinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, and piperazinyl.
  • The term “aryl” refers to an unsaturated, aromatic monocyclic ring of 6 carbon members or to an unsaturated, aromatic polycyclic ring of from 10 to 20 carbon members. Examples of such aryl rings include, and are not limited to, phenyl, naphthalenyl and anthracenyl. Preferred aryl groups for the practice of this invention are phenyl and naphthalenyl.
  • The term “benzo fused cycloalkyl” refers to a bicyclic or tricyclic ring structure wherein at least one of the ring substituents is phenyl or naphthalenyl and at least one of the other substituents is a cycloalkyl ring (as cycloalkyl was previously defined). For the purpose of these definitions, the cycloalkyl rings may be fused to an additional benzene ring (to provide fused multiple ring systems such as fluorene). Example of such benzo fused cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, indanyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl and fluorenyl.
  • The term “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic ring of 5 or 6 members wherein the ring consists of carbon atoms and has at least one heteroatom member. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In the case of 5 membered rings, the heteroaryl ring contains one member of nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur and, in addition, may contain up to three additional nitrogens. In the case of 6 membered rings, the heteroaryl ring may contain from one to three nitrogen atoms. For the case wherein the 6 membered ring has three nitrogens, at most two nitrogen atoms are adjacent. Optionally, the heteroaryl ring is fused to a benzene ring (benzo fused heteroaryl), a 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl ring (containing one of O, S or N and, optionally, one additional nitrogen), a 5 to 7 membered cycloalkyl ring or a 5 to 7 membered heterocyclo ring (as defined supra but absent the option of a further fused ring). Examples of heteroaryl groups include, and are not limited to, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl; fused heteroaryl groups include indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, quinolizinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and quinazolinyl.
  • The term “arylalkyl” means an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., benzyl and phenethyl). Similarly, the term “arylalkoxy” indicates an alkoxy group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., benzyloxy).
  • The term “halogen” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Substituents that are substituted with multiple halogens are substituted in a manner that provides compounds which are stable.
  • Whenever the term “alkyl” or “aryl” or either of their prefix roots appear in a name of a substituent (e.g., arylalkyl and alkylamino), it shall be interpreted as including those limitations given above for “alkyl” and “aryl.” Designated numbers of carbon atoms (e.g., C1-C6) shall refer independently to the number of carbon atoms in an alkyl moiety or to the alkyl portion of a larger substituent in which alkyl appears as its prefix root. For alkyl, and alkoxy substituents the designated number of carbon atoms includes all of the independent member included in the range specified individually and all the combination of ranges within in the range specified. For example C1-6 alkyl would include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl individually as well as sub-combinations thereof (e.g., C1-2, C1-3 C1-4, C1-5, C2-6, C3-6, C4-6, C5-6, C2-5, etc.). However, for clarity in the terms “C9-C14 benzo fused cycloalkyl”, “C9-C14 benzo fused cycloalkenyl”, “C9-C14 benzo fused aryl”; C9-C14 refers to the number of carbon atoms both in the benzene ring (6) and the number of atoms in the ring fused to the benzene ring, but does not include carbon atoms that may be pendent from these multiple ring systems. The amount of substituents attached to a moiety “optionally substituted with one to five substituents” is limited to that amount of open valences on the moiety available for substitution.
  • In general, under standard nomenclature rules used throughout this disclosure, the terminal portion of the designated side chain is described first followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. Thus, for example, a “phenylC1-C6 alkylamidoC1-C6alkyl” substituent refers to a group of the formula:
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00066
  • It is intended that the definition of any substituent or variable at a particular location in a molecule be independent of its definitions elsewhere in that molecule. It is understood that substituents and substitution patterns on the compounds of this invention can be selected by one of ordinary skill in the art to provide compounds that are chemically stable and that can be readily synthesized by techniques known in the art as well as those methods set forth herein.
  • Illustrative of the invention is a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any of the compounds described above. Also illustrative of the invention is a composition made by mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A further illustration of the invention is a process for making a composition comprising mixing any of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The present invention also provides compositions comprising one or more compounds of this invention in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The compounds of the present invention are useful serine protease inhibitors (in particular, inhibitors of chymase) useful for treating inflammatory, and serine protease mediated disorders. Serine proteases such as chymase produced by mast cells have been recognized to be involved in a variety of inflammatory and wound healing events (e.g., angiogenesis, collagen deposition and cell proliferation). Chymase plays these roles by activating a variety of pre-existing factors present in the microenvironment surrounding the mast cells. For example, just to name a few of these interactions chymase activates SCF, angiotensin I to angiotensin II, endothelin 1, type 1 procollagen, metalloprotienases, IL-1B, TGF-β, as well as, degrades the extracellular matrix (de Paulis et al. Int Arch Allerg Immunol 118 (1999) 422-425; Longley et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94 (1997) 9017-9021). Consequently, the release of chymase plays significant role in a variety of pathological conditions associated with vascular proliferation, fibrosis, tissue remodeling, inflammation, and the like.
  • Some of these, inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders include, and are not limited to, allergic rhinitis, viral rhinitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, acute lung injury (e.g. adult (acute) respiratory distress syndrome) psoriasis, arthritis, reperfusion injury, ischemia, hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, heart failure damage associated with myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis (e.g., associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts), pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis (e.g., associated with glomerulonephritis), liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic sclerosis, keloid scars rheumatoid arthritis, bullous pemphigiod and atherosclerosis. Additionally, these compounds can be used for modulating wound healing and remodeling (e.g., cardiac hypertrophy) as well as immune modulation. The utility of the compounds to treat inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders is illustrated by the following non-limiting discussions of the proposed mechanisms of actions of chymase. Other disorders that can be treated with chymase inhibitors can be determined according to the procedures described herein and the use of animal knock-out models and the like.
  • As mentioned above, chymase coverts angiotensin I into angiotensin II, and this activity has been associated with vascular proliferation. In human vascular extracts only about 8% of angiotensin 11 activity is inhibited with an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor (lisinopril) while 95% is inhibited by a chymase inhibitor. In vein grafts, vascular injury associated with catheter or balloon injury, chymase induces vascular hyperplasia and restenosis in dogs (Takai and Miyazaki, 21 (2003) 185-189). This same mechanism of action would also be expected to apply to restenosis associated with the use of vascular stents. Pathological serine protease mediated disorders associated with angiotensin II, including but not limited to hypertension, hypercardia myocardial infarction, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis (e.g., associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts), and the like.
  • Pathological fibrosis can be associated with the degeneration of organs (e.g., skin, heart, kidneys or liver) or as an undesirable outcome of surgery. Preventing the formation of pathological fibrosis would be beneficial in a variety of diseases. For example mast cell chymase has been implicated in pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic sclerosis, keloid scars, and the like.
  • In the heart mast cells have been implicated in cardiac hypertrophy, which involves both fibrosis and remodeling. Cardiac hypertrophy develops to preserve its function by normalizing chamber wall stress. Mast cells have been implicated as being involved in the development of myocardial fibrosis and systolic pressure over load induced hypertrophy (Hara et al., J. Exp. Med. 195 (2002) 375-381). The remodeling of the heart associated under these conditions is believed to involve mast cell chymase, which activates endothelin 1, matrix metalloproteinases and TGF-β. Chymase inhibitors have been shown to exert favorable cardioprotective action in a dog model of hypertrophy (Matsumoto et al., Circulation 107 (2003) 2555-2558).
  • In the kidneys mast cell chymase has also been implicated in pathological fibrosis. For example, glomerulonephritis has also been reported to involve mast cells (Ehara and Shigematsu, Kidney Inter. 54 (1998) 1675-1683). The results of this found that mast cells were one of the constitutive cell types in the interstitium of IgA nephritis patients and contributed to interstitial fibrosis resulting in deterioration of renal function. Similarly, liver fibrosis has been associated with mast cells (Yamashiro et al., Virchows Arch. 433 (1998) 471-479). Although, the mechanisms for fibrosis in the kidney and liver have not been as well defined as for coronary fibrosis, it is very likely that chymase is operating through similar signaling pathways to cause fibrosis (especially in liver fibrosis where fibrosis seem to be occurring more frequently where mast cells stained positive for chymase).
  • Chymase is also involved in the formation of fibrous adhesions associated with surgery. Chymase inhibitors have been tested in two different animals models and found to reduce the number of adhesions (Okamoto et al., J. Surg. Res. 107 (2002) 219-222 and, Lucas et al., J. Surg. Res. 65 (1999) 135). It has been suggested that the prevention of adhesions is associated with blocking the activation of latent TGF-β by chymase (Yoa et; al., J. Surg. Res. 92 (2000) 40-44).
  • Collagen induced arthritic mice show increased numbers of mast cells and expression of chymase in fibroproliferative inflammation (Kakizoe et al, Inflamm. Res. 48 (1999) 318-324). In human rheumatoid arthritis increased mast cell density in the superficial synovium is associated with the severity of the disease (Grotis-Graham and McNeil, Arthritis & Rheumatism 40 (1997) 479-489). It was theorized by these authors that chymase and its ability to activate metalloprotinases plays a significant role in the rapid functional deterioration observed in rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Mast cell chymase has been implicated in artherosclerosis via its ability to cleave apolipoprotein B-100 of LDL which facilitates lipoprotein aggregation and uptake by macrophages (Paananen et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269 (1994) 2023-2031). Chymase also degrades apolipoprotein A of HDL, which would reduce cholesterol efflux and increases lipid deposition (Lindstedt et al., J. Clin. Invest. 97 (1996) 2174-2182). Thus chymase is involved in two different pathways to atherosclerosis.
  • An embodiment of the invention is a method for treating inflammatory and serine protease mediated disorders in a subject in need thereof which comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described above. Also included in the invention is the use of a compound of Formula (I) for the preparation of a medicament for treating an inflammatory or serine protease mediated disorder in a subject in need thereof. The term “treating” as used herein refers to a method for improving, halting, retarding or palliating an inflammatory or serine protease mediated disorder in the subject in need thereof. All such methods of treatment are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • In accordance with the methods of the present invention, the individual components of the compositions described herein can also be administered separately at different times during the course of therapy or concurrently in divided or single combination forms. The instant invention is therefore to be understood as embracing all such regimes of simultaneous or alternating treatment and the term “administering” is to be interpreted accordingly.
  • The term “subject” as used herein, refers to an animal (preferably, a mammal; most preferably, a human) who has been the object of treatment, observation, or experiment.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein, means that amount of active compound or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medicinal response in a tissue system, animal or human, that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or other clinician, which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the disease or disorder being treated.
  • As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combinations of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • To prepare the compositions of this invention, one or more compounds of Formula (I) or salt thereof as the active ingredient, is intimately admixed with a pharmaceutical carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques, which carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending of the form of preparation desired for administration (e.g. oral or parenteral). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are well known in the art. Descriptions of some of these pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may be found in The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, published by the American Pharmaceutical Association and the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain.
  • Methods of formulating compositions have been described in numerous publications such as Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Tablets, Second Edition, Revised and Expanded, Volumes 1-3, edited by Lieberman et al; Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications, Volumes 1-2, edited by Avis et al; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Disperse Systems, Volumes 1-2, edited by Lieberman et al; published by Marcel Dekker, Inc.
  • In preparing a composition of the present invention in liquid dosage form for oral, topical, inhalation/insufflation and parenteral administration, any of the usual pharmaceutical media or excipients may be employed. Thus, for liquid dosage forms, such as suspensions (i.e., colloids, emulsions and dispersions) and solutions, suitable carriers and additives include but are not limited to pharmaceutically acceptable wetting agents, dispersants, flocculation agents, thickeners, pH control agents (i.e., buffers), osmotic agents, coloring agents, flavors, fragrances, preservatives (i.e., to control microbial growth, etc.) and a liquid vehicle may be employed. Not all of the components listed above will be required for each liquid dosage form.
  • In solid oral preparations such as, for example, powders, granules, capsules, caplets, gelcaps, pills and tablets (each including immediate release, timed release and sustained release formulations), suitable carriers and additives include but are not limited to diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, glidants, disintegrating agents, and the like. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit form, in which case solid pharmaceutical carriers are obviously employed. If desired, tablets may be sugar coated, gelatin coated, film coated or enteric coated by standard techniques.
  • Preferably these compositions are in unit dosage forms from such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, lozenges, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, metered aerosol or liquid sprays, drops, ampoules, autoinjector devices or suppositories for administration by oral, intranasal, sublingual, intraocular, transdermal, parenteral, rectal, vaginal, inhalation or insufflation means. Alternatively, the composition may be presented in a form suitable for once-weekly or once-monthly administration; for example, an insoluble salt of the active compound, such as the decanoate salt, may be adapted to provide a depot preparation for intramuscular injection.
  • For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g., conventional tabletting ingredients such as diluents, binders, adhesives, disintegrants, lubricants, antiadherents, and glidants. Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, starch (i.e., corn, wheat, or potato starch, which may be hydrolized), lactose (granulated, spray dried or anhydrous), sucrose, sucrose-based diluents (confectioner's sugar; sucrose plus about 7 to 10 weight percent invert sugar; sucrose plus about 3 weight percent modified dextrins; sucrose plus invert sugar, about 4 weight percent invert sugar, about 0.1 to 0.2 weight percent cornstarch and magnesium stearate), dextrose, inositol, mannitol, sorbitol, microcrystalline cellulose (i.e., AVICEL™ microcrystalline cellulose available from FMC Corp.), dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate dihydrate, calcium lactate trihydrate, and the like. Suitable binders and adhesives include, but are not limited to accacia gum, guar gum, tragacanth gum, sucrose, gelatin, glucose, starch, and cellulosics (i.e. methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, and the like), water soluble or dispersible binders (i.e., alginic acid and salts thereof, magnesium aluminum silicate, hydroxyethylcellulose (i.e. TYLOSE™ available from Hoechst Celanese), polyethylene glycol, polysaccharide acids, bentonites, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polymethacrylates and pregelatinized starch), and the like. Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, starches (corn, potato, etc.), sodium starch glycolates, pregelatinized starches, clays (magnesium aluminum silicate), celluloses (such as crosslinked sodium carboxymethylcellulose and microcrystalline cellulose), alginates, pregelatinized starches (i.e., corn starch, etc.), gums (i.e., agar, guar, locust bean, karaya, pectin, and tragacanth gum), cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, and the like. Suitable lubricants and antiadherents include, but are not limited to, stearates (magnesium, calcium and sodium), stearic acid, talc waxes, stearowet, boric acid, sodium chloride, DL-leucine, carbowax 4000, carbowax 6000, sodium oleate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, and the like. Suitable gildants include, but are not limited to, talc, cornstarch, silica (i.e., CAB-O-SIL silica available from Cabot, SYLOID™ silica available from W.R. Grace/Davison, and AEROSIL™ silica available from Degussa), and the like. Sweeteners and flavorants may be added to chewable solid dosage forms to improve the palatability of the oral dosage form. Additionally, colorants and coatings may be added or applied to the solid dosage form for ease of identification of the drug or for aesthetic purposes. These carriers are formulated with the pharmaceutical active to provide an accurate, appropriate dose of the pharmaceutical active with a therapeutic release profile.
  • Generally these carriers are mixed with the pharmaceutical active to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of the pharmaceutical active of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Generally the preformulation will be formed by one of three common methods: (a) wet granulation, (b) dry granulation, and (c) dry blending. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. The tablets or pills containing the novel compositions may also be formulated in multilayer tablets or pills to provide a sustained or provide dual-release products. For example, a dual release tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer, which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric materials such as shellac, cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, hydroxy-propyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, methacrylate and ethylacrylate copolymers, and the like. Sustained release tablets may also be made by film coating or wet granulation using slightly soluble or insoluble substances in solution (which for a wet granulation acts as the binding agents) or low melting solids a molten form (which in a wet granulation may incorporate the active ingredient). These materials include natural and synthetic polymers waxes, hydrogenated oils, fatty acids and alcohols (i.e., beeswax, carnauba wax, cetyl alcohol, cetylstearyl alcohol, and the like), esters of fatty acids metallic soaps, and other acceptable materials that can be used to granulate, coat, entrap or otherwise limit the solubility of an active ingredient to achieve a prolonged or sustained release product.
  • The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include, but are not limited to aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or, oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable suspending agents for aqueous suspensions, include synthetic and natural gums such as, acacia, agar, alginate (i.e., propylene alginate, sodium alginate, and the like), guar, karaya, locust bean, pectin, tragacanth, and xanthan gum, cellulosics such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and combinations thereof, synthetic polymers such as polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carbomer (i.e., carboxypolymethylene), and polyethylene glycol; clays such as bentonite, hectorite, attapulgite or sepiolite; and other pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agents such as lecithin, gelatin, or the like. Suitable surfactants include but are not limited to sodium docusate, sodium lauryl sulfate, polysorbate, octoxynol-9, nonoxynol-10, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 80, polyoxamer 188, polyoxamer 235, and combinations thereof. Suitable deflocculating or dispersing agent include pharmaceutical grade lecithins. Suitable flocculating agent include but are not limited to simple neutral electrolytes (i.e., sodium chloride, potassium, chloride, and the like), highly charged insoluble polymers and polyelectrolyte species, water soluble divalent or trivalent ions (i.e., calcium salts, alums or sulfates, citrates and phosphates (which can be used jointly in formulations as pH buffers and flocculating agents). Suitable preservatives include but are not limited to parabens (i.e., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl and n-butyl), sorbic acid, thimerosal, quaternary ammonium salts, benzyl alcohol, benzoic acid, chlorhexidine gluconate, phenylethanol, and the like. There are many liquid vehicles that may be used in liquid pharmaceutical dosage forms, however, the liquid vehicle that is used in a particular dosage form must be compatible with the suspending agent(s). For example, nonpolar liquid vehicles such as fatty esters and oils liquid vehicles are best used with suspending agents such as low HLB (Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance) surfactants, stearalkonium hectorite, water insoluble resins, water insoluble film forming polymers, and the like. Conversely, polar liquids such as water, alcohols, polyols and glycols are best used with suspending agents such as higher HLB surfactants, clays silicates, gums, water soluble cellulosics, water soluble polymers, and the like. For parenteral administration, sterile suspensions and solutions are desired. Liquid forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions and suspensions. Isotonic preparations which generally contain suitable preservatives are employed when intravenous administration is desired.
  • Furthermore, compounds of the present invention can be administered in an intranasal: dosage form via topical use of suitable intranasal vehicles or via transdermal skin patches, the composition of which are well known to those of ordinary skill in that art. To be administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the administration of therapeutic dose will, of course, be continuous rather than intermittent throughout the dosage regimen.
  • Compounds of the present invention can also be administered in a form suitable for intranasal or inhalation therapy. For such therapy, compounds of the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of a solution or suspension from a pump spray container that is squeezed or pumped or as an aerosol spray from a pressurized container or a nebulizer (such as, a metered dose inhaler, a dry powder inhaler or other conventional or non-conventional modes or devices for inhalation delivery) using a suitable propellant (such as, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas). In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurized container or nebulizer may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound. Capsules and cartridges (such as, those made from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of a compound of the invention and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Compounds of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles, multilamellar vesicles and the like. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine, phosphatidylcholines, and the like.
  • Compounds of the present invention may also be delivered by the use of monoclonal antibodies as individual carriers to which the compound molecules are coupled. The compounds of the present invention may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include, but are not limited to polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamidephenol, polyhydroxy-ethylaspartamidephenol, and polyethyl eneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residue. Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, to homopolymers and copolymers (which means polymers containing two or more chemically distinguishable repeating units) of lactide (which includes lactic acid d-, l- and meso lactide), glycolide (including glycolic acid), ε-caprolactone, p-dioxanone (1,4-dioxan-2-one), trimethylene carbonate (1,3-dioxan-2-one), alkyl derivatives of trimethylene carbonate, δ-valerolactone, β-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactone, ε-decalactone, hydroxybutyrate, hydroxyvalerate, 1,4-dioxepan-2-one (including its dimer 1,5,8,12-tetraoxacyclotetradecane-7,14-dione), 1,5-dioxepan-2-one, 6,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxan-2-one, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates, and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels and blends thereof.
  • The therapeutically effective amount of a compound or composition thereof may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 300 mg/kg/dose. Preferably, the therapeutically effective amount may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 100 mg/kg/dose. More preferably, the therapeutically effective amount may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 50 mg/kg/dose. Most preferably, the therapeutically effective amount may be from about 0.001 mg/kg/dose to about 30 mg/kg/dose. Therefore, the therapeutically effective amount of the active ingredient contained per dosage unit (e.g., tablet, capsule, powder, injection, suppository, teaspoonful, and the like) as described herein will be in the range of from about 1 mg/day to about 21,000 mg/day for a subject, for example, having an average weight of 70 kg. For oral administration, the compositions are preferably provided in the form of tablets containing, 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 150, 200, 250 and 500 milligrams of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the subject to be treated.
  • Optimal dosages to be administered may be readily determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound used, the mode of administration, the strength of the preparation, and the advancement of the disease condition. In addition, factors associated with the particular subject being treated, including subject age, weight, diet and time of administration, will result in the need to adjust the dose to an appropriate therapeutic level. Advantageously, compounds of the present invention may be administered in a single daily dose or the total daily dosage may be administered in divided doses of two, three or four times daily.
  • Representative IUPAC names for the compounds of the present invention were derived using the ACD/LABS SOFTWARE™ Index Name Pro Version 4.5 nomenclature software program provided by Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc., Toronto, Ontario, Canada or AutoNom Version 2.1 provided by Beilstein Informationssysteme.
  • Abbreviations used in the instant specification, particularly the Schemes and Examples, are as follows
    • Boc=tert-butoxycarbonyl
    • BOC-ON=2-(tert-butoxycarbonyloxyimino)-2-phenylacetonitrile
    • BuLi=n-butyllithium
    • t-BuOH=tert-butanol
    • Cpd or Cpd=compound
    • d=day/days
    • DCC-=dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
    • DIPEA=diisopropylethylamine
    • EtOH=ethanol
    • HOBt=hydroxybenzotriazole
    • KH=potassium hydride.
    • LDA=lithium diisopropyamide
    • M=molar
    • Mel=methyliodide
    • MeOH=methanol
    • min=minutes
    • NT=not tested
    • PPA=polyphosphoric acid
    • rt/RT=room temperature
    • THF=tetrahydrofuran
    • TFA=trifluoroacetic acid
    • TMSBr=bromotrimethylsilane.
    General Synthetic Methods
  • Representative compounds of the present invention can be synthesized in accordance with the general synthetic methods described below and are illustrated more particularly in the schemes that follow. Since the schemes are an illustration, the invention should not be construed as being limited by the chemical reactions and conditions expressed. The preparation of the various starting materials used in the schemes is well within the skill of persons versed in the art.
  • The following schemes describe general synthetic methods whereby intermediate and target compounds of the present invention may be prepared. Additional representative compounds and stereoisomers, racemic mixtures, diasteromers and enantiomers thereof can be synthesized using the intermediates prepared in accordance to the general schemes and other materials, compounds and reagents known to those skilled in the art. All such compounds, stereoisomers, racemic mixtures, diasteromers and enantiomers thereof are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Since the scheme is an illustration, the invention should not be construed as being limited by the chemical reactions and conditions expressed. The preparation of the various starting materials used in the scheme is well within the skill of persons versed in the art.
  • Scheme A illustrates the general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention by the reaction of a phosphonate or phosphinate anion (prepared from its corresponding phosphonate or phosphinate Compound A2 and an organometallic base such as n-butyllithium) to isocyanate A1 in a solvent such as THF to afford an amidophosphonate or amidophosphinate compound A3. One versed in the art will recognize that conventional chemical transformations may be utilized to prepare-certain R2 and R3 substituents of the present, invention. For example, for the preparation of a compound wherein R3 is amino, a nitro group may be reduced with hydrazine hydrate in the presence of a palladium catalyst; or, for the preparation of a compound wherein R3 is ureido, a compound in which R3 is an amino group may be reacted with a cyanate salt or the like.
  • Compound A2, wherein R5 and R6 are as previously defined, may be made according to known methods (Katritsky et. al. Org. Prep. Proced. Int., 1990, 22(2), 209-213; J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2002, 124, 9386-9387; and Chem. Ber., 1963, 96, 3184-3194). Fluorinated R6 compounds can be made following methods known in the art such as the methods similar those set forth in Garabadzhia et al., Journal General Chemistry USSR, English translation, 1981, pages 1905-1910. Compound A3 may be dealkylated with bromotrimethylsilane in a solvent such as pyridine, followed by treatment with dilute HCl to afford Compound A4.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00067
  • Compound A2, wherein Z is a heteroaryl or aryl ring, may be prepared from a commercially available or known haloalkyl substituted heteroaryl ring. Another method for preparing Compound A2 uses a quaternary ammonium salt rather than an alkyl halide.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00068
  • Scheme B shows a method for preparing Compound A2 wherein R6 is an alkyl or alkenyl substituent using methods described in the literature (J. Organomet. Chem. 2002, 643-644, 154-163; J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 9386-9387). An alternate method for preparing such compounds is described in the literature (Med. Chem. 1995, 38(17), 3297-3312; Bioorg. Med. Chem. 1999, 7, 2697-2704).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00069
  • Scheme C illustrates a general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein ring system A of Formula (I) is an aryl substituent and n of Formula (I) is equal to 1. Reaction of an α/β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, Compound C3, with phosphorazidic acid dialkyl ester Compound C4 provides Compound C5. Compound C5 may subsequently undergo a Curtius rearrangement to afford an isocyanate intermediate, Compound C6. Compound C6 may be treated with a phosphonate or phosphinate anion (as previously described in Scheme A) in an aprotic solvent such as THF to yield amidophosphonate or amidophosphinate Compound C7. Compound C7 may be dealkylated with bromotrimethylsilane, followed by treatment with dilute HCl to afford Compound C8.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00070
  • Scheme D further illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a heteroaryl substituent. Compound D1 may be dissolved in an aprotic solvent, treated with an organometallic base such as n-BuLi, and subsequently reacted with isocyanate Compound A1 to afford Compound D2. Compound D2 may undergo a cycloaddition reaction with sodium azide to provide Compound D3.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00071
  • Scheme E shows the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a sulfonic acid. Compound B2 may be treated with sodium sulfite to afford Compound E2. Compound E2 may then be treated with an organometallic base such as isopropylmagnesium bromide and reacted with isocyanate Compound A1 to yield Compound E3.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00072
  • Scheme F illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a carboxylic acid. Compound F1 may be reacted with isobutylene under acidic conditions to provide ester Compound F3. Compound F3 may then be treated with a strong base such as lithium diethylamide and further reacted with isocyanate Compound A1 to give Compound F4. Compound F4 is converted into its corresponding carboxylic acid Compound F5 by treatment with TFA.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00073
  • Scheme G illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a carbamate. Compound G1 may be prepared by the methods described in the literature (J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32(12), 2548-2554, J. Het. Chem. 1998, 25, 1271). Compound G1 may be converted to Compound G2 by the method described in the literature (Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 36(1), 55-62). Compound G2 may be oxidized using selenium dioxide to yield resultant carboxylic acid Compound G3. Compound G3 may be coupled with amine Compound G4 in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent, base, activating agent, and solvent to afford amide Compound G5. In the present invention, Compound G3 is coupled to Compound G4 in the presence of DCC and HOBt to form Compound G5. Compound G5 may be reduced in the presence of a hydride source such as sodium borohydride to give alcohol Compound G6, which may be treated with isocyanate Compound G7 to form Compound G8. Compound G8 may be deprotected in the presence of t-butyl alcohol and potassium carbonate to yield carbamate Compound G9.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00074
  • Scheme H illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is hydroxymethyl. Nitrile Compound D2 may be converted to an imidate in the presence of HCl gas, followed by hydrolysis to yield Compound H1. Compound H1 may be reduced to a primary alcohol in the presence of hydride source, such as sodium borohydride, to give methyl alcohol Compound H2.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00075
  • Scheme I illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Y of Formula (I) is a sulfamic acid methyl group. Compound H2 may be treated with a base such as sodium hydride, followed by the addition of sulfamoyl chloride to yield Compound I1.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00076
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00077
  • Scheme J illustrates the general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R3 is an amide substituent on ring A as defined by the invention. Dinitro-substituted Compound J1 may be reduced by hydrogenation in the presence of a palladium catalyst to give Compound J2 which then may be acylated with BOC-ON to provide Compound J3.
  • Compound J4 may be acylated with acid chloride Compound J5 to yield Compound J6, followed by saponification of Compound J6 to provide carboxylic acid Compound J7. Compound J8 may be prepared by coupling Compound J3 to Compound J7 using an appropriate coupling agent, activating agent, and solvent.
  • The Boc protecting group of Compound J8 was removed under acidic conditions to afford the free amine, Compound J9. Treatment of Compound A2 with an organometallic base such as n-butyllithium, followed by reaction with carbon dioxide afforded the carboxylated phosphonic ester, Compound J10. Compound J10 was converted to its acid chloride by treatment with thionyl chloride followed by condensation with amine Compound J9 to afford amide Compound J11. Compound J11 was dealkylated using bromotrimethylsilane and treated with HCl to provide Compound J12.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00078
  • Scheme K illustrates a general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein Z is an N-substituted indole as previously defined. Compound K1 may be reacted with an alkylating agent such as methyl iodide or an arylating agent such as bromobenzene with copper oxide, Compound K2. Compound K2 may be treated with N,N-dimethylmethyleneammonium iodide to afford Compound K3. Compound K3 may be converted to Compound K4 using methyl iodide, and then reacted with a phosphite or phosphonite to provide Compound K5. Compound K5 may be reacted with Compound A1 and dealkylated as previously described to yield Compound K6.
  • Optionally, the phenyl portion of Compound K2 may be substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl. In this instance, the ester may be reduced to its corresponding methyl alcohol, and converted to a methyl halide using techniques and reagents known to those skilled in the art. The halide may then be converted to Compound A2 wherein Z is an indole as previously defined in the present invention. Compound A2 may be subsequently reacted according to Scheme A to form a compound of Formula (I) wherein the phosphonic attached through the aryl portion of indole Z.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00079
  • Scheme L illustrates the general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R4 is a heterocyclylcarbonyl substituent. Compound L1 may be made by the procedures described in JACS1963, 6, 711-716 and JACS 1971, 93(12), 2897-2904.
  • Compound L1 may be reacted with an organometallic base, such as butyllithium, followed by treatment with di-tert-butyldicarbonate to give Compound L2. Compound L2 may be converted to Compound L4 using the methods described previously. Compound L4 may be deprotected under acidic conditions to afford Compound L5. The carboxylic acid group of Compound L5 may be treated with an amine, such as 4-phenylpiperidine, in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent, base, activating agent, and solvent to afford Compound L6. Dealkylation of Compound L6 as described supra yields Compound L7.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00080
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00081
  • Scheme M illustrates a general method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention. A Compound M1, wherein R3 is an alkoxycarbonyl substituent, may be reduced in the presence of a hydride source to the corresponding alcohol, Compound M2. Compound M2 may be oxidized to aldehyde Compound M3. Reaction of Compound M3 with a Wittig reagent affords alkene Compound M4. Saponification of Compound M4 provides carboxylic acid Compound M5, which may be coupled with an amine, such as benzyl amine, in the presence of an appropriate coupling agent as described supra, to give amide Compound M6. Compound M6 may be dealkylated using the procedure previously described in Scheme A to yield Compound M7.
  • Alternatively, other compounds of the present invention wherein R3 is alkoxy or —C(═O)NR11R12 may be derived from Compound M2. The hydroxy group of Compound M2 may be alkylated using reagents and methods known to one skilled in the art to afford compounds wherein R3 is alkoxy. Alternatively, the hydroxy group of Compound M2 may be reacted with a variety of acylating agents known to one skilled in the art, such as isocyanates, to arrive at compounds of the present invention wherein R3 is a carbamate.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00082
  • As shown in Scheme N, Compound M3 may be reacted with a variety of amines in the presence of a hydride source under acidic conditions to yield Compound N1. Dealkylation of Compound N1 by the method described in Scheme A affords Compound N2.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00083
  • The preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R3 is —C(═O)Cy as previously defined, and said Cy is attached through a nitrogen atom, is shown in Scheme P. Compound M1 may be saponified under basic conditions to provide Compound P1, which may be treated with thionyl chloride to give Compound P2. Compound P2 may be reacted with a heterocyclic amine to provide Compound P3. Dealkylation of Compound P3 using methods previously described affords Compound P4.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00084
  • Scheme Q illustrates a method for the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R5 and R6 are appropriately substituted alkoxy substituents as defined herein. A compound of formula Q1 wherein R5 is hydrogen and R6 is hydroxyl may be coupled with an appropriately substituted alcohol in the presence of MSNT (1-(mesitylene-2-sulfonyl)-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole) to afford a compound of formula Q2 wherein R5 is a substituted alkyl and R6 is a substituted alkoxy as defined herein.
  • Alternatively, compounds of formula Q1 may be elaborated using an appropriately substituted alkylating agent to provide compounds of the present invention where either one or both hydroxyl groups of the phosphonic acid are alkylated. An alkylating agent in this instance is an alkyl substituent that is optionally substituted as defined for R5 or R6, and said alkyl substituent is substituted with a leaving group. A leaving group is defined as a substituent that is activated toward nucleophilic displacement, including halides, tosylates, and the like.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00085
  • Scheme R illustrates the preparation of compounds of the present invention wherein R5 and R6 (when R6 is alkoxy) are taken together with the atoms to which they are both attached to form a monocyclic ring. A diol of formula R1 may be treated with a benzyl- or lower alkyl-dichlorophosphite to form a cyclic phosphonate of formula R2. A compound of formula R2 may be condensed under refluxing conditions with a compound of formula B2 to form a compound of formula R3. The elaboration of a compound of formula R3 to a compound of formula R4 may be achieved using the methods described for Scheme A.
    • SPECIFIC SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
  • The following Examples are set forth to aid in the understanding of the invention, and are not intended and should not be construed to limit in any way the invention set forth in the claims which follow thereafter. The depicted intermediates may also be used in subsequent examples to produce additional compounds of the present invention. No attempt has been made to optimize the yields obtained in any of the reactions. One skilled in the art would know how to increase such yields through routine variations in reaction times, temperatures, solvents and/or reagents.
  • All chemicals were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification. 1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker AC® 300B (300 MHz proton) or a Bruker® AM-400 (400 MHz proton) spectrometer with Me4Si as an internal standard (s=singlet, d=doublet, m=multiplet, t=triplet, br=broad). ES-MS were recorded on a Micromass® mass spectrometer or on an Agilent® HPLC mass spectrometer. TLC was performed with Whatman® 250-μm silica gel plates. Preparative TLC was performed with Analtech® tapered silica gel GF plates. Preparative HPLC separations were carried out on a Gilson®HPLC using a Phenomenex® Kromasil 100A C18 column (25 cm×50 mm, or 10 cm×21.2 mm) using gradients of CH3CN/water/0.2% TFA; Analytical HPLC separations were carried out on a Supelco® ABZ+Plus column (5 cm×2.1 mm) or a YMC®J'Sphere H80 S4 column (5 cm×2 mm) with detection at 220 nm and 254 nm on a Hewlett Packard® 1100 UV detector. The gradient used was 10% to 90%° CH3CN/water/0.1% TFA in 6 min. Reported percent purity data is based on the 220 nm data. Microanalysis was performed by Robertson Mitrolit Laboratories, Inc.
  • Representative Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Index-like names for the compounds of the present invention were derived using the Autonom Version 2.1 nomenclature software.
    • Example 1 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 9
  • A solution of Compound 1a (5.01 g, 19.2 mmol) and Compound 1b (10 mL) was refluxed for 105 min. The solution was concentrated under high vacuum at 90° C. to yield 6.01 g of Compound 1c as a pale yellow viscous oil; HPLC: 3.51 min; MS (ES) m/z 319 (MH+).
  • To a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (4.73 mL, 12 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of Compound 1c (3.77 g, 12 mmol) in THF (30 mL) over 15 min. After stirring for an additional 30 min, Compound 1d (naphthalen-2-yl isocyanate) (2.0 g, 12 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture over 5 min. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to reach rt and stirred overnight. Excess saturated NH4Cl (aq) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was taken up in CH3CN (10 mL), the solid was collected and dried under N2/vacuum to afford Compound 1e (4.3 g) as a white powder: HPLC: 4.25 min; MS (ES) m/z 488 (MH+).
    • Procedure A: General Method for Deethylation of Phosphonates and Phosphinates
  • To a solution of the phosphonate or phospinate (× mmol) in pyridine (5 mL/mmol of phosphonate or phosphinate) is added excess bromotrimethylsilane (5× to 8× mmol) in three portions at 15 min intervals. The mixture is stirred for 60 min after the last addition, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is stirred with excess 1 N HCl (aq) for 60 min. The white precipitate is collected and rinsed sequentially with 1 N HCl (aq) and water, then dried under N2/vacuum. The crude product may be purified by trituration with appropriate solvents, salt formation, recrystallization, or reverse phase chromatography.
  • Compound 1e (4.3 g, 8.8 mmol) was deethylated according to Procedure A. The crude product was further purified: the white solid was stirred with CH3CN for 60 min, collected, rinsed with CH3CN, and dried under N2/vacuum to afford 3.2 g of Cpd 9 as a white powder: HPLC 4.47 min; MS (ES) m/z 432 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Cpd 9 (2.68 g, 6.2 mmol) in CH3OH (10 mL) was added a solution of tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (1.5 g, 12.4 mmol) in CH3OH (10 mL). The solution was concentrated, and the resulting white solid was recrystallized from i-PrOH to yield 4.0 g of the tromethamine salt of Cpd 9 as an off-white solid. HPLC: 4.4 min, 94%; MS (ES) m/z (MH+)=432; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.32 (s, 10H), 4.59 (d, 1H), 7.30-7.42 (overlapping m, 3H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.71-7.80 (overlapping m, 3H), 7.94-7.05 (overlapping m, 3H), 8.28 (s, 1H), 11.40 (s, 1H); Anal. Calc'd for C20H15NO4PSCl.1.6 C4H11NO3.1.0 i-PrOH.0.25H2O: C, 51.16; H, 6.01; N, 5.28; H2O, 0.66. Found: C, 51.21; H, 5.92; N, 5.22; H2O, 0.74.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00086
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure for Example 1, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+) Cpd MS (MH+)
    30 439 76 476
    31 392 82 382
    55 436 (MH−) 96 393
    57 393 106 430
    59 398 129 381
    64 398 135 386
    67 510 (MH−) 137 393
    68 379 (MH−) 138 434
    79 393
    • Example 2 [(Benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 140
  • To a solution of Compound 2a (3.5 g, 26.1 mmol) in 25 mL of THF at −78° C. was added a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (13 mL, 32.6 mmol). The reaction was warmed to 0° C. and stirred for 25 min, then 4 mL of DMF was added slowly. The solution was heated to reflux for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to rt, poured into water and extracted three times with Et2O. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The crude oil was dissolved in 25 mL of MeOH, cooled to 0° C., and NaBH4 (1.6 g, 42 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 h. After quenching with excess acetone, the mixture was concentrated, and the residue was partitioned between EtOAc and brine. The brine was extracted twice with EtOAc, and the combined organic extracts were washed twice with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The crude solid was stirred with 6:1 CH2Cl2/hexane, then collected to afford Compound 2b (2.52 g) as an off-white powder: HPLC: 2.85 min.
  • To Compound 2b (2.52 g, 16.8 mmol) was added 10 mL of thionyl chloride and refluxed for 1.5 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the residue was treated with hexanes. After concentration, the residue was treated with excess triethylphosphite Compound 1b and refluxed for 1.5 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure at 90° C. and purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0 to 40% EtOAc/Hexane) to yield Compound 2c (2.5 g) as an oil: HPLC: 3.32 min; MS (ES) m/z 285 (MH+).
  • From Compound 2c (0.64 g, 2.25 mmol) was prepared Compound 140 according to Procedure A: HPLC: 3.87 min; MS (ES) m/z 398 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00087
    • Example 3 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylthiocarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 45
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1 and substituting 2-napthylthioisocyanate for 2-naphthylisocyanate, Compound 45 was synthesized as a pale yellow powder: HPLC: 4.89 min; MS (ES) m/z 448 (MH+).
    • Example 4 [1-(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-1-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-ethyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 125
  • To a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (0.44 mL, 12 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of Compound 1c (3.77 g, 1.1 mmol) in THF (7 mL). After stirring for 30 min, methyl iodide (0.068 mL, 1.1 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe. The reaction was warmed to 0° C. and then to rt. The solution was returned to −78° C. and a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (0.44 mL, 12 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring for 30 min, Compound 1d (0.19, 1.1 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to reach rt and stirred overnight. Excess saturated NH4Cl (aq) was added, and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was dissolved in CH3CN (5 mL), and filtered. The filtrate was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, CH2Cl2) to yield Compound 4a (0.036 g) HPLC: 4.62 min; MS (ES) m/z 502 (MH+).
  • Compound 4a was converted to Compound 125 using Procedure A: HPLC: 4.34 min (94%); MS (ES) m/z 444 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00088
    • Example 5 [(5-Chloro-1,1-dioxo-1H-1λ6-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 86
  • Compound 1e (0.20 g, 0.41 mmol) was suspended in acetic acid (5 mL) and heated to 47.5° C. and sodium perborate tetrahydrate Compound 5a (0.31 g, 2.0 mmol) was added portionwise over 15 min, and the reaction was stirred at 47.5° C. overnight. The reaction was partitioned between water and EtOAc, and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic phases were washed sequentially with saturated NaHCO3 (aq), brine, and then dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-40% EtOAc/hexane) to yield Compound 5b (0.052 g): HPLC: 3.87 min; MS (ES) m/z 520 (MH+).
  • Compound 5b (0.052 g, 0.10 mmol) was converted Compound 86 (0.0185 g) by Procedure A: HPLC:3.25 min, 95%; MS (ES) m/z 462 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00089
    • Example 6 {[(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphinic acid, Cpd 17
  • A solution of Compound 1a (1.96 g, 7.48 mmol) in excess diethylmethylphosphonite was refluxed for 3 h. The solution was concentrated under high vacuum at 90° C., and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 1.88 g of Compound 6a as a slightly cloudy pale yellow viscous oil: HPLC: 3.19 min; MS (ES) m/z 290 (MH+).
  • To a suspension of Compound 6b (5.0 g, 27.2 mmol) in dry benzene (20 mL) was added triethylamine (3.74 mL, 27.2 mmol). The solution cooled to 0° C., and Compound 6c (5.86 mL, 27.2 mmol) was added rapidly dropwise, and the cooling was removed. The reaction was stirred 18 h, then poured into H2O. The mixture was extracted three times with EtOAc, and the combined organic extracts were washed once with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 4.88 g of Compound 6d as a white solid: HPLC: 3.65 min.
  • Compound 6d (3.4 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolved in benzene (30 mL) and refluxed for 3 h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and the resulting crude Compound 6e was used without purification in the next reaction.
  • To a solution of 2.5M n-BuLi in hexanes (8.9 mL, 22.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of Compound 6a (4.7 g, 16.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) over 15 min. After stirring for an additional 30 min, a solution of Compound 6d (3.4 g, 16.3 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture over 5 min. After the addition, was complete, the solution was stirred at −78° C. for 30 min, then quenched cold with excess NH4Cl (saturated, aq.), and stirred overnight at rt. The layers were separated, and the aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed once with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-50% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 4.1 g of a pale yellow solid, which was stirred with 15 mL CH3CN, collected, and dried under N2/vacuum to afford 3.5 g of Compound 6f as a white powder: HPLC: 4.04 min., 97%, broad; MS (ES) m/z 470 (MH+).
  • Compound 6f (3.5 g, 7.46 mmol) was deethylated following Procedure A. The solid was further purified by taking it up in MeOH, followed by collection of the precipitate to afford Compound 17 (2.93 g) as a white powder: HPLC 4.0 min.
  • To a mixture of Compound 17 (2.93 g, 6.2 mmol) in CH3OH (10 mL) was added a solution of tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (0.75 g, 6.2 mmol) in CH3OH (10 mL). The solution was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the resulting white solid was recrystallized from CH3CN/EtOAc to yield the tromethamine salt of Compound 17 (3.35 g) as a white solid. HPLC: 4.02 min, 100%; MS (ES) 442 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.07 (d, 3H), 3.45 (s, 6H), 4.48 (d, 1H), 6.12 (d, 1H), 7.12-7.18 (br m, 1H), 7.24-7.45 (overlapping m, 4H), 7.92-8.00 (overlapping m, 3H), 10.92 (d, 1H); Anal. Calc'd for C19H15NO3PSCl F2.1.0 C4H11NO3.0.15H2O: C, 48.84; H, 4.69; N, 4.96; H2O, 0.48. Found: C, 48.99; H, 4.62; N, 4.97; H2O, 0.42.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00090
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 6, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    14 406
    15 422 (MH−)
    16 460
    20 430
    21 422 (MH−)
    24 422 (MH−)
    28 444
    29 456
    33 389
    66 422 (MH−)
    144 382
    145 436
    146 420
    147 451
    148 464
    150 407
    152 474
    153 490
    154 436
    155 420
    156 442
    157 431
    160 440
    161 440
    162 442
    163 442
    164 485
    165 466
    166 451
    167 485
    168 464 (MH−)
    169 442
    170 475
    171 442
  • The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 6 and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, and 307.
    • Example 7 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(2-amino-4-benzothioazol-6-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 69
  • Using the procedure described in Example 6 for the conversion of Compound 6b to Compound 17, Compound 7a was converted to Compound 7b. Compound 7b was suspended in a small volume of 1,4-dioxane and gaseous HCl was bubbled in to yield a clear yellow solution and the solution was stirred for 1 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, the residue stirred with 1 N HCl (aq) for 45 min, and the solid was collected to yield Compound 69 as a yellow powder: HPLC: 2.58 min; MS (ES) m/z 454 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00091
    • Example 8 2-(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-n-naphthalen-2-yl-2-(1 h-tetrazol-5-yl)-acetamide, Cpd 88
  • A solution of Compound 8a (1.15 g, 5.53 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 2.5M n-BuLi in hexanes (2.40 mL, 6.08 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. After stirring for 30 min at −78° C., a solution of Compound 1d (0.94 g, 5.60 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise. After 1 h, the reaction was quenched at −78° C. with excess NH4Cl (aq). After warming to rt gradually, the layers were separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was stirred with MeOH, and the precipitate was collected to yield Compound 8b (1.5 g) as an off-white powder: HPLC: 4.39 min
  • A suspension of Compound 8b (0.28 g, 0.75 mmol), sodium azide (0.15 g, 2.24 mmol), and triethylamine hydrochloride (0.31 g, 2.24 mmol) in toluene (7 mL) was refluxed overnight. Upon cooling to rt, EtOAc (10 mL) and 1 N HCl (10 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred vigorously. The biphasic mixture was filtered and a tan solid was collected. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was treated with CH3CN, and a tan solid was collected. The combined solids were treated with hot CH3CN (100 mL), cooled, and the solid was collected to afford Compound 88: HPLC: 4.11 min; MS (ES) m/z 420 (MH+)=420; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 6.15 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.62 (overlapping m, 4H), 7.82-7.93 (overlapping m, 5H), 8.10 (d, 1H, J=8.6 Hz), 8.32 (s, 1H), 10.92 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00092
    • Example 9 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-sulfonic acid, Cpd 50
  • To a solution of Compound 1a (1.0 g, 3.85 mmol) in acetone (5 mL) was added a solution of sodium sulfite (0.49 g, 3.85 mmol) and KI (potassium iodide) (0.13 g, 0.77 mmol) in water (10 mL). The solution was refluxed for 3.5 h, then cooled to rt and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with 1N HCl (15 mL), filtered, and the filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 0.60 g of Compound 9a as a white powder: HPLC: 3.38 min; MS (ES) m/z 261 (MH−).
  • To a suspension of Compound 9a (0.29 g, 1.11 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at −5° C. was added a solution of 2 M i-PrMgBr in Et2O (1.39 mL, 2.77 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at rt, then cooled to −10° C. before treatment with a solution of Compound 1d (0.20 g, 1.17 mmol) in THF (7 mL). After stirring overnight at rt, the reaction was quenched with 3 mL of 1N HCl (aq), and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The resulting tan foam was dissolved in a minimum volume of CH3CN and allowed to stand overnight. The solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (20-90% CH3CN/H2O). The resulting white powder was dissolved in CH3CN, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield Compound 50 (0.14 g) as a white solid: HPLC: 3.14 min; MS (ES) m/z 430 (MH−); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.35 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.51 (overlapping m, 4H), 7.72-7.80 (m, 3H), 7.92-8.05 (overlapping m, 3H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 10.40
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00093
    • Example 10 {[(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(4-amino-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphonic acid, Cpd 12
  • Using the procedure described in Example 6, substituting p-nitro-cinnamic acid for 3,4-difluorocinnamic acid and substituting Compound 1c for Compound 6a, Compound 10a was prepared. To a solution of Compound 10a (0.115 g, 0.226 mmol) in 6 mL of 1:1 EtOH/CH2Cl2 was added 10% Pd/C (0.060 g) and hydrazine hydrate (0.173 mL, 3.35 mmol). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the resulting yellow solid was taken up in hot acetonitrile and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 1% CH3OH/CH2Cl2) to yield Compound 10b (0.064 g) as a bright yellow solid: HPLC: 2.94 min; MS (ES) m/z 479 (MH+).
  • Compound 10b (0.064 g, 0.134 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 12 (0.036 g) as an orange solid: HPLC: 2.41 min; MS (ES) m/z 423 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00094
    • Example 11 {[(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphonic acid, Cpd 2
  • Using the procedure described in Example 6, substituting phosphonate Compound 1c (0.75 g, 2.34 mmol) for Compound 6a, followed by deethylation by Procedure A, Compound 2 (0.116 g) was prepared as a white solid: HPLC: 3.98 min; MS (ES) m/z 444 (MH+); Anal. Calc'd for C18H13NO3PSCl F2.1.0 C4H11NO3.0.10H2O C4H11NO3. 0.33 C2H6O: C, 46.34; H, 4.43; N, 4.87; H2O, 1.04. Found: C, 46.47; H, 4.09; N, 4.65; H2O, 1.34.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00095
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 11, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    18 407 (MH−)
    19 424 (MH−)
    25 409
    37 368
    38 437
    42 422
    49 468
    78 440
    81 476
    199 442 (MH−)
  • The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 11 and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 192, 193,194,195,196, 197, 198, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, and 315.
    • Example 12
  • [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phenyl-phosphinic acid, Cpd 89Compound 12a (0.35 g, 1.17 mmol) was prepared by the method described in Aust. J. Chem. 1983, 36, 2517-2536. Using the procedure described in Example 1 and Procedure A, substituting Compound 12a for Compound 1c, Compound 89 was prepared as a white solid: HPLC: 4.19 min; MS (ES) m/z 490 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00096
    • Example 13 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-carboxylic acid, Cpd 84
  • A stream of isobutylene (g) Compound 13b was introduced into a suspension of Compound 13a (1.07 g, 4.71 mmol) in acetone (15 mL) containing H2SO4 (0.026 mL, 0.94 mmol). After 40 min, the cloudy solution was stoppered and stirred overnight. The reaction was poured into 1 N NaOH (aq), and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield Compound 13c (1.20 g): HPLC: 4.37 min.
  • To a solution of diisopropylamine (0.26 mL, 1.84 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at −40° C. was added a 2.5M solution of n-BuLi in hexanes (0.74 mL, 1.84 mmol). The temperature lowered to −70° C., and a solution of Compound 13c (0.38 g, 1.34 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added slowly dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, at which time a solution of Compound 1d (0.24 g, 1.41 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added dropwise. After 45 min the reaction was quenched with 3 mL of NH4Cl (aq), then extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-10% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford Compound 13d (0.18 g): HPLC: 4.73 min; MS (ES) m/z 452 (MH+).
  • A solution of Compound 13d (0.10 g, 0.22 mmol) in 1 mL of 1:1 CH2Cl2/TFA was allowed to stand for 65 min. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and the residue was held under vacuum at rt overnight. The residue was dissolved in CH3CN, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was triturated from diethyl ether at rt, and the white solid was collected to yield Compound 84 (0.023 g) as a tan solid: HPLC: 4.16 min; MS (ES) m/z 396 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 5.33 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.59 (overlapping m, 4H), 7.82-7.91 (overlapping m, 4H), 8.02-8.08 (overlapping m, 2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 10.63
    • (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00097
    • Example 14 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-carbamate, Cpd 80
  • Compound 14d was prepared from Compound 14a by the methods described in J. Med. Chem. 1989, 32(12), 2548-2554 and J. Het. Chem. 1998, 25, 1271: HPLC: 3.95 min.
  • Compound 14d was converted to Compound 14e using the method described in Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2001, 36(1), 55-62). Compound 14e was oxidized with selenium dioxide to yield Compound 14f using the method described in British patent 1399089 (1971): HPLC: 3.78 min; MS (ES) m/z 239 (MH−).
  • To a solution of Compound 14f (2.0 g, 8.22 mmol), Compound 14 g (1.18 g, 8.22 mmol), and HOBT (1.11 g, 8.22 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was added DCC (1.69 g, 8.22 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 48 h. The slurry was filtered, and the filtrate concentrated under high vacuum at rt. The residue was purified by trituration from boiling CH3CN to yield Compound 14 h (1.41 g) as a bright yellow powder. HPLC: 4.91 min; MS (ES) m/z 364 (MH−).
  • To a suspension of Compound 14 h (1.02 g, 2.79 mmol) in 20 mL of 1:1 THF/MeOH was added NaBH4 (0.32 g, 8.42 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 h, then quenched with 1 N HCl (5 mL). The volume was reduced approximately 50% under reduced pressure at rt and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by recrystallization from CH3CN, to yield Compound 14i (0.70 g): HPLC: 4.18 min; MS (ES) m/z 368 (MH+).
  • To a suspension of Compound 14i (0.25 g, 0.68 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) at 0° C., was added Compound 14j (0.11 mL, 0.88 mmol). After stirring for 3 h at rt, a white solid was collected and rinsed with a minimal volume of CH2Cl2, then dried under N2/vacuum to yield 0.36 g of Compound 14k: HPLC: 4.56 min; MS (ES) m/z 554 (MH−).
  • A suspension of Compound 14k (0.36 g, 0.65 mmol) in saturated aqueous K2CO3 (6 mL) and t-BuOH (3 mL) was refluxed for 2 h, then stirred at rt for 24 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, treated with aqueous 1 N HCl (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield Compound 80 (0.105 g): HPLC: 4.29 min; MS (ES) m/z 410 (MH−); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 6.16 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.49 (overlapping m, 3H), 7.57-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.77-7.86 (overlapping m, 3H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H, J=2 Hz), 10.02 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00098
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00099
    • Example 15 2-(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-3-hydroxy-N-naphthalen-2-yl-propionamide, Cpd 136
  • A suspension of Compound 8b (1.23 g, 3.27 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane/methanol (1:1, 50 mL) at −78° C. was saturated with HCl (g). The mixture was maintained at −20° C. overnight, then concentrated under vacuum, such that the temperature remained below 20° C. The residue was partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the resulting residue was recrystallized from CH3CN to afford Compound 15a (1.47 g) as a white powder: HPLC: 4.31 min.
  • To a solution of Compound 15a (0.23 g, 0.56 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added NaBH4 (0.043 g, 1.12 mmol), LiCl (0.048 g, 1.12 mmol), and EtOH (10 mL). The reaction was stirred for 90 min, then quenched with several drops of 1 N HCl (aq). The mixture was cooled to −10° C. and treated with 10 mL of 1 N HCl. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (4×) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (4×), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield a white solid. The solid was triturated with CH3CN to yield Compound 136 (0.14 g) as a snow-white solid: HPLC: 4.11 min; MS (ES) m/z 382 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 3.69-3.75 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.37 (m, 1H), 5.17 (t, 1H, J=5 Hz), 7.37-7.49 (m, 3H), 7.59-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.88 (m, 3H), 8.05 (d, 1H, J=8 Hz), 8.18 (d, 1H, J=2 Hz), 8.35 (s, 1H), 10.46 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00100
    • Example 16 Sulfamic acid 2-(5-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-2-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-ethyl ester, Cpd 120
  • To a suspension of 95% NaH, (0.017 g, 0.68 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of Compound 136 (0.10 g, 0.26 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) dropwise. The suspension was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h, then sulfamoyl chloride (0.067 g, 0.58 mmol) was addded as a solid: After stirring for 1 h at 0° C., the mixture was treated with excess sulfamoyl chloride. After stirring overnight, the reaction was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-40% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield Compound 120 (0.10 g) as a white foam: HPLC: 4.12 min; MS (ES) m/z 461 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 4.29-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.75 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.90 (m, 4H), 8.09 (d, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 8.215 (d, 1H, J=2 Hz), 8.34 (s, 1H), 10.55 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00101
    • Example 17 [(4-{[1-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-piperidine-4-carbonyl]-amino}-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 8
  • A solution of Compound 17a (10 g, 45.9 mmol) in MeOH (200 mL) was added to 10% Pd/C and hydrogenated for 3.5 h at 40-50 psi. The mixture was filtered (Celite) and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the resulting material was triturated with EtOAc to yield Compound 17b as a crude black solid. Compound 17b (1.36 g, approx. 8.61 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and TEA (1.32 mL, 9.46 mmol). To this solution was added 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyloxyimino)-2-phenylacetonitrile, (BOC-ON) (2.33 g, 9.46 mmol), and the reaction was heated at 55° C. overnight. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and filtered through a plug of silica gel. The crude product was stirred with CH2Cl2 and filtered to yield 0.18 g of Compound 17c: HPLC: 2.68 min; MS (ES) m/z 259 (MH+).
  • A solution of ethyl isonipecotamate, Compound 17d (2.04 g, 13.0 mmol), and DIPEA (2.3 mL, 13.0 mmol) in 10 mL of CH2Cl2 was treated with 2-naphthoyl chloride, Compound 17e (2.48 g, 13.0 mmol). After stirring for 1.5 h, the mixture was sequentially washed with 1N HCl (2×10 mL), saturated Na2CO3 (aq) (2×10 mL), and brine (10 mL). The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (41 mL) and treated with a solution of LiOH.H2O (1.63 g, 39 mmol) in 5 mL of water. After 2 h, the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the residue was acidified with 1 N HCl (aq), and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×10 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine 10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 3.57 g of Compound 17 g: HPLC: 2.77 min; MS (ES) m/z 284 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Compound 17c (0.18 g, 0.70 mmol), Compound 17 g (0.20 g, 0.70 mmol), and HOBT (0.094 g, 0.70 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added DCC (0.14 g, 0.70 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 6 d. The mixture was filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the residue suspended in a minimal volume of CH2Cl2, and filtered again. The clear solution was washed with 1 N KHSO4 (aq) and the organic phase was filtered and washed sequentially with saturated Na2CO3 (aq) and brine. The organic phase was then dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford Compound 17 h (0.20 g, 0.382 mmol). A solution of 17 h in TFA (3 mL) was stirred for 50 min. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and the residue was suspended in CH2Cl2, washed with saturated Na2CO3 (2×5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 0.17 g of Compound 17i.
  • To 100 mL of THF and 2.5 M n-BuLi (79.2 mL, 0.198 mol) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of Compound 17j (50 g, 0.18 mol). After 30 min, CO2 was bubbled through the reaction for 1 h, after which point the mixture was warmed to rt. The ice bath-cooled mixture was quenched with excess saturated Na2CO3 (aq), and the volatile solvents were removed under reduced pressure at rt. The resulting solution was washed with Et2O (3×), acidified with 3N HCl (aq), and extracted with EtOAc (4×). The combined organic extracts were washed once with water, dried (Na2SO4), filtered (Celite), and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 32.59 g of Compound 17k: HPLC: 3.06 min, MS (ES) m/z 323 (MH+).
  • Compound 17k (0.13 g, 0.40 mmol) was stirred with 1 mL of thionyl chloride for 30 min and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was treated with hexanes and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt again. The residue was dissolved in THF (5 mL), at −780 C, treated with a solution of Compound 17i (0.17 g, 0.40 mmol) in pyridine (3.5 mL). The solution was stirred at rt overnight, then concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and washed sequentially with 1 N KHSO4 (aq), saturated Na2CO3 (aq) (3×5 mL), and brine (5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by prep-plate chromatography (75% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 0.11 g of Compound 171: HPLC: 4.02 min; MS (ES) m/z 728 (MH+);
  • Compound 171 was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 8 (0.063 g): HPLC: 3.91 min; MS (ES) m/z 424 {M—[COCH(1-Naph)P(═O)(PH)2}; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.6-2.2 (br overlapping m, 4H), 2.7-3.3 (br overlapping m, 3H), 3.6-4.0 (br m, 1H), 4.45-4.75 (br m, 1H), 5.32 (d, 1H, J=24 Hz), 7.39-7.60 (overlapping m, 8H), 7.79-8.0 (overlapping m, 9H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H, J=7 Hz), 8.38 (d, 1H, J=10 Hz), 9.95 (s, 1H), 10.6 (s, 1H).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00102
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00103
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00104
    • Example 18 [(4-Chloro-1-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 63
  • To a stirred mixture of 95%, sodium hydride (0.35 g, 13.85 mmol) in THF (3 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of 4-chloroindole Compound, 18a (0.35 g, 6.59 mmol) in THF (3 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 15 min. Methyl iodide (1.03 g, 7.26 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (aq), the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure at rt, and the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered (Celite), and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 1.11 g of Compound 18b as an oil: HPLC: 3.37 min, 77%.
  • To a stirred suspension of Compound 18b (1.09 g, 6.59 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) was added Compound 18c (1.58 g, 8.57 mmol). After stirring overnight, the solid was collected and rinsed sequentially with CH2Cl2 and Et2O. The solid was dissolved in 1 N NaOH (aq) and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered (Celite), and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 0.95 g Compound 18d as a clear oil: HPLC: 1.18 min, 97%; MS (ES) m/z 223 (MH+).
  • To a stirred solution of Compound 18b (0.944 g, 4.24 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) at 0° C. was added methyl iodide (0.66 g, 4.66 mmol). After stirring at room temperature overnight, a solid was collected by filtration and rinsed sequentially with EtOH and Et2O to yield 1.46 g of Compound 18e as a white solid: HPLC: 1.93 min, 68%.
  • A mixture of Compound 18e (1.0 g, 2.74 mmol) in triethyl phosphite (8 mL) was refluxed overnight and concentrated under high vacuum at 90° C. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with H2O, dried (Na2SO4), filtered (Celite), and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-1% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield 0.82 g of Compound 18f as an oil: HPLC: 3.39 min; MS (ES) m/z 316 (MH+).
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1 for the conversion of Compound 1c to Compound 9, including deethylation by Procedure A, Compound 18f was converted to Compound 63.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00105
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled, in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 18, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    3 429
    11 413
    13 471 (MH−)
    22 395
    27 497
    52 451 (M + Na)
    58 429
    62 433 (MH−)
    65 420
    74 425
    77 423
    116 396
    • Example 19 {(5-Chloro-1-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-[2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-phosphonic acid, Cpd 4
  • Using the procedure described in Example 18, substituting 5-chloroindole for 4-chloroindole, Compound 19a was prepared.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 11, Compound 4 was prepared: HPLC: 3.60 min; MS (ES) m/z 423 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00106
    • Example 20 [(5-Chloro-1-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-methyl-phosphinic acid, Cpd 1
  • Using the procedure described in Example 18, substituting 5-chloroindole for 4-chloroindole, Compound 20a was prepared.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 18, substituting Compound 20a for Compound 18b, Compound 20b was prepared.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1 followed by deethylation by Procedure A, Compound 20b was converted to Compound 1: HPLC: 3.77 min, 97%; MS (ES) m/z 427: (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00107
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 20, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    6 419 (MH−)
    7 439
    • Example 21 1-Methyl-3-[(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-phosphono-methyl]-1H-indole-5-carboxylic acid, Cpd 56
  • Using the procedure described in Example 18, Compound 21a was prepared. To a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (0.56 mL, 1.40 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of Compound 21a (0.27 g, 0.79 mmol) in THF (1 mL). After stirring for an additional 45 min, Compound 1d (0.15 g, 0.87 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture. After the addition was complete, the solution was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h. The mixture was warmed to rt, excess saturated NaHCO3 (aq) was added, and the solid was collected by filtration. The solid was rinsed (THF), and air dried to yield Compound 21b (0.12 g): HPLC: 3.77 min.
  • Compound 21b (0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 56 (0.042 g): HPLC: 3.19 min; MS (ES) m/z 420 (M-H2O).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00108
    • Example 22 [[5-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl]-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 98
  • Compound 22a (0.27 g, 0.75 mmol), prepared by the method of Synlett Jan. 1994, 93, was methylated as described in Example 18 to yield 0.27 g of Compound 22b: HPLC: 3.65 min, 96.5%; MS (ES) m/z 362 (MH+).
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1, followed by deethylation Procedure A, Compound 22b converted to Compound 98: HPLC: 4.46 min; MS (ES) m/z 487 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00109
    • Example 23 [(Naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-(1-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 128
  • A mixture of Compound 23a (5.0 g, 29 mmol), copper(II) oxide (4.9 g, 63 mmol), potassium carbonate (5.0 g, 36 mmol), and bromobenzene (30 mL) was refluxed for 13 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was filtered (dicalite) and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was triturated with hexanes to yield 5.2 g of Compound 23b as a brown solid: HPLC: 4.44 min, 93%; MS (ES) m/z 252 (MH+).
  • To a suspension of lithium aluminum hydride (1.0 g, 26 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added Compound 23b (5.2 g, 20 mmol) in THF (25 mL) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred for 1 h, then quenched at 0° C. with moist Na2SO4. The mixture was diluted with THF and filtered (dicalite). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 2.7 g of Compound 23c as a white solid: HPLC: 3.62 min, 99%; MS (ES) m/z 224 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Compound 23c in DMF (15 mL) and CCl4 (4 mL) at 0° C. was added triphenylphosphine (3.4 g, 13 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, dissolved in EtOAc and passed through a short plug of silica gel (30% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 1.3 g of Compound 23d: HPLC: 4.19 min, 91%; MS (ES) m/z 513 (MH+).
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1, substituting Compound 23d for Compound 1a, Compound 128 was prepared: HPLC: 4.23 min, 83%; MS (ES) m/z 479 (M+Na).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00110
    • Example 24 Methyl-{(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-[2-(4-phenyl-piperidine-1-carbonyl)-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl]-methyl}-phosphinic acid, Cpd 32
  • Compound 24a was prepared according to the procedures described in JACS 1963, 6, 711-716 and JACS 1971, 93(12), 2897-2904.
  • To a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (8.5 mL, 21.2 mmol) and THF (33 mL) at −78° C. was added dropwise a solution of Compound 24a (3.52 g, 18.4 mmol) in THF (33 mL). After stirring the resulting yellow slurry for 45 min, di-tert-butyldicarbonate (4.14 g, 19.0 mmol) in THF (33 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture. After the addition was complete, the solution was allowed to reach rt then quenched with 50 mL of saturated NH4Cl (aq). The layers were separated, and the aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0 to 75% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 3.68 g of Compound 24b: HPLC: 2.74 min, 90%; MS (ES) M/Z (MH+)=292.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 18, substituting Compound 24b (3.68 g, 12.65 mmol) for Compound 18d, and diethylmethylphosphonite for triethylphosphite, Compound 24c (3.36 g) was prepared: HPLC: 3.67 min.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1, followed by deethylation Procedure A, Compound 24c (3.36 g, 9.5 mmol) was converted to Compound 24d (2.18 g): HPLC: 4.24 min; MS (ES) m/z 524 (MH+).
  • To Compound 24d (2.18 g, 4.17 mmol) was added 5 mL of TFA. After 50 min, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0 to 20% MeOH/EtOAc) to yield 0.30 g of Compound 24e: HPLC: 3.63 min 91%, MS (ES) m/z 468 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Compound 24e (0.20 g, 0.43 mmol), Compound 24f (0.07 g, 0.45 mmol), and HOBT (0.061 g, 0.45 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added DCC (0.093 g, 0.45 mmol). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was filtered, the residue was suspended in a minimal volume of CH2Cl2 and filtered. The filitrate was washed sequentially with 1 N HCl (2×), 10% aqueous Na2CO3, and brine, then dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-60% EtOAc/heptane) to yield 0.12 g of Compound 24 g: HPLC: 4.44 min; MS (ES) m/z 611 (MH+).
  • Compound 24 g (0.12 g, 0.197 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to afford Compound 32 (0.086 g): HPLC: 4.49 min, 92%; MS (ES) m/z 583 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00111
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00112
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 24, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    38 611 (MH−)
    44 640 (MH−)
    50 599 (MH−)
    121 438 (MH−)
    130 529
    • Example 25 [(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-(3-phenyl-propyl)-phosphinic acid, Cpd 36
  • Compound 25a was prepared according to the procedures described in JACS 2002, 124, 9386-9387 and J. Organomet. Chem 2002, 643-644, 154-163.
  • To a solution of Compound 25a (0.51 g, 2.58 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. was added a solution of 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (1.29 mL, 3.22 mmol). After stirring for 30 min, a solution of Compound 1a (0.225 g, 0.86 mmol) in THF (7 mL) was added dropwise. After 35 min, the reaction was quenched with excess saturated NH4Cl (aq), and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-30% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield 0.070 g of Compound 25b: HPLC: 3.93 min, 88%; MS (ES) m/z 379 (MH+).
  • Using the procedure described in Example 1 with deethylation Procedure A, Compound 25b was converted to Compound 36: HPLC: 4.70 min, 90%; MS (ES) m/z 520 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00113
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 25, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    34 488
    39 578
    40 582
    43 548 (MH−)
    48 534
    51 548
    53 562 (MH−)
    • Example 26 3-(2-Naphthalen-1-yl-2-phosphono-acetylamino)-naphthalene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester, Cpd 75
  • Using the procedure described in Example 17, Compound 17k was converted to Compound 75: HPLC: 4.13 min; MS (ES) m/z 450 (MH+).
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 26, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    139 478
    • Example 27 [(3-Benzylcarbamoyloxymethyl-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 72
  • To a suspension of Compound 75 (7.6 g, 15.03 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise a 1 M solution of diisobutyl aluminum hydride in toluene (90 mL) and stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was cooled to 0° C., quenched with saturated NH4Cl (aq), and extracted with EtOAc (2×). The combined organic extracts were filtered (Celite), washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (0-3% MeOH/CH2Cl2). The product was recrystallized from MeOH to yield Compound 27a (1.85 g) as a crystalline solid: HPLC: 3.66 min; MS (ES) m/z 478 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Compound 27a (0.30 g, 0.63 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added triethylamine (28 μl, 0.20 mmol) followed by benzylisocyanate (0.084 g, 0.63 mmol) in THF (2 mL) dropwise. The flask was wrapped with foil and stirred at rt for 96 h. Additional benzylisocyanate (0.042 g, 0.032 mmol) and triethylamine (60:1, 0.43 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred for an additional 48 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and the residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 and washed sequentially with 1 N KHSO4 (aq) (2×), brine, dried (Na2SO4), then filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield 0.22 g of Compound 27b: HPLC: 4.19 min, 95%; MS (ES) m/z 611 (MH+).
  • Compound 27b (0.22 g, 0.36 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 72 (0.16 g): HPLC: 3.80 min; MS (ES) m/z 555 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00114
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00115
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 27, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    97 541
    100 631 (MH−)
    108 591
    • Example 28 {[3-(2-Benzylcarbamoyl-vinyl)-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl]-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl}-phosphonic acid, Cpd 109
  • A solution of Compound 27a (3.9 g, 8.1 mmol) in CHCl3 (50 mL) was treated with activated MnO2 (7.0 g, 80 mmol) and stirred for 48 h. The mixture was filtered (Celite), and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was triturated with Et2O to obtain 3 g of Compound 28a as a yellow powder: HPLC: 4.35 min; MS (ES) m/z 476 (MH+).
  • A solution of Compound 28a (1.0 g, 2.0 mmol), methyl-triphenylphosphoranylidene acetate (1.5 g, 4.5 mmol), and THF (25 mL) was refluxed for 7 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to obtain 1.4 g of Compound 28b: HPLC: 4.33 min; MS (ES) m/z 531 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Compound 28b (1.0 g, 1.89 mmol) in 3:1 dioxane-H2O (20 mL) was added LiOH (0.18 g, 7.50 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 3 h. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was acidified with 3N HCl and extracted repeatedly with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to afford 0.52 g of Compound 28c as a white foam: HPLC: 3.89 min, 70%; MS (ES) m/z 518 (MH+).
  • A solution of Compound 28c (0.40 g), benzylamine (0.10 g, 0.93 mmol) and HOBt (0.104 g, 0.77 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was treated DCC (0.16 g, 0.77 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The mixture was stirred for 24 h, then filtered (Celite) and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 and washed sequentially with saturated NaHCO3 (aq), H2O, 1 N KHSO4 (aq) and H2O, then dried (Na2SO4) and filtered. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield 0.22 g of Compound 28d: MS (ES) m/z 607 (MH+).
  • Compound 28d was deethylated by Procedure A to afford Compound 109: HPLC: 3.64 min; MS (ES) m/z (MH+)=551.
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00116
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00117
    • Example 29 [(3-Cyclohexylaminomethyl-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 70
  • To a stirred solution of Compound 28a (0.125 g, 0.263 mmol) and cyclohexyl amine (0.031 g, 0.316 mmol) in DCE (4 mL) was added NaB(OAc)3H (0.111 g, 0.526 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (0.017 g, 0.316 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 48 h. The reaction was treated with 3N NaOH, and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water, dried (Na2SO4), filtered (Celite), and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was treated with 1 N HCl (aq), and the solid was collected, rinsed with water, and air-dried. The product was dissolved in CH3CN, precipitated with Et2O, and the solid was collected and rinsed with Et2O to yield 0.084 g of Compound 29a: HPLC: 3.27 min; MS (ES) m/z 559 (MH+).
  • From Compound 29a (0.079 g) was prepared Compound 70 by deethylation Procedure A. The crude product was dissolved in 1:1 CH2Cl2/TFA and concentrated. The residue was stirred with Et2O, and the solid was collected and rinsed with Et2O to yield
  • Compound 70 (0.046 g): HPLC: 2.91 min; MS (ES) m/z 503 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00118
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 29, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    90 517
    92 549
    107 511
    110 575 (M + Na)
    112 667
    117 541
    124 489
    126 539
    133 507
    142 525
    • Example 30 {[3-({Methyl-[1-(naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-amino}-methyl)-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl]-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl}-phosphonic acid, Cpd 102
  • Using the procedure of Example 29, substituting (4-methylamino-piperidin-1-yl)-naphthalen-2-yl-methanone for cyclohexylamine, Compound 102 was prepared: HPLC: 3.12 min; MS (ES) m/z 672 (MH+).
    • Example 31 ({3-[(1-Benzoyl-piperidin-4-ylamino)-methyl]-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl}-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl)-phosphonic acid, Cpd 44
  • Using the procedure of Example 29, substituting (4-amino-piperidin-1-ylyphenyl-methanone for cyclohexylamine, Compound 44 was prepared: HPLC: 2.84 min; MS (ES) m/z 608 (MH+).
    • Example 32 ({3-[4-(6-Chloro-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-1-yl)-piperidine-1-carbonyl]-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl}-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl)-phosphonic acid, Cpd 60
  • Using the procedure of Example 17, Compound 17k was converted to Compound 32a.
  • To a suspension of Compound 32a (9.02 g, 17.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (200 mL) was added a mixture of LiOH.H2O (2.25 g, 53.6 mmol) in water (25 mL). The mixture was stirred for 4.5 h, then concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was partitioned between 1 N HCl and EtOAc, and the aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (5×). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The solid was suspended in MeOH, collected, washed with MeOH, and dried under N2/vacuum to yield 6.87 g of Compound 32b as a white powder: HPLC: 3.99 min.
  • A mixture of Compound 32b (2.85 g, 9.79 mmol) and excess thionyl chloride was stirred until the solution became clear. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt, and the residue was taken up in hexanes and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was stirred with CH3CN, and the solid was collected and dried under N2/vacuum to yield 2.45 g of Compound 32c: HPLC: 4.10 min, 87%.
  • A mixture of Compound 32c (0.31 g, 0.66 mmol) Compound 32d (0.33 g, 1.311 mmol; J. Med. Chem. 1987, 30(5), 814-819) in CH3CN (15 mL) was refluxed for 1 h. The mixture was cooled to rt, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield 0.38 g of Compound 32e: HPLC: 3.98 min.
  • Compound 32e (0.18 g, 0.25 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 60 (0.14 g): HPLC: 3.65 min; MS (ES) m/z 669 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00119
    Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00120
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 32, the following compounds were prepared without further purification
  • Cpd MS (MH+) Cpd MS (MH+)
    54 593 101 579
    73 566 103 629
    83 618 104 649
    87 565 111 539
    91 517 113 636
    93 635 115 613
    100 620 131 565
    • Example 33 ({3-[Methyl-(4-phenyl-cyclohex-3-enyl)-carbamoyl]-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl}-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl)-phosphonic acid, Cpd 46
  • To a stirred solution of Compound 33a (0.68 g, 3.96 mmol; Syn. Comm. 1994, 24(6), 799-808) and a 2 mL of a 2M solution of methyl amine in THF (6 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.30 g, 5.94 mmol) followed by glacial acetic acid (0.24 g, 3.96 mmol). After stirring for 2.5 h, the mixture was treated with water and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered (Celite) and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-10% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield 0.25 g of Compound 33b as a light brown tacky solid: HPLC: 1.91 min; MS (ES) m/z 188 (MH+).
  • Using the procedure described in Example 32, Compound 33b was converted to Compound 46: HPLC: 3.97 min; MS (ES) m/z 605 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00121
    • Example 34 [(3-Benzylcarbamoyl-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 119
  • Compound 119 was prepared from Compound 32b via a standard BOP-Cl/TEA coupling and deethylation by Procedure A: HPLC: 3.81 min, 90%; MS (ES) m/z 525 (MH+).
    • Example 35 [(5-Bromo-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 23
  • Compound 35a (6-bromobenzothiophene) was prepared by the method described in J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 4486-4491. Compound 35a (3.45 g, 16.2 mmol) was converted to 3.68 g of crude Compound 35b by the method described in the reference cited supra: HPLC: 4.14 min, 53%.
  • Following the procedure of Example 1 for the conversion of Compound 1c to Compound 9, Compound 35b was converted to Compound 23: HPLC: 4.53 min; MS (ES) m/z 475 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00122
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 35, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    5 412
    10 None
    (verified by
    NMR)
    29 396 (MH−)
    76 474 (MH−)
    99 476/478
    • Example 36 [(5-phenyl-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)(naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 71
  • To a heat-gun dried flask under Ar was sequentially added toluene (15 mL), Compound 35a (0.33 g, 0.91 mmol) and then tetrakis triphenylphosphine Pd(0) (0.053 g, 0.046 mmol). After stirring for 30 min, the mixture was treated with a solution of phenyl boronic acid, Compound 36a (0.17 g, 1.36 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) followed by saturated NaHCO3 (aq) (7.5 mL). After 4 h at reflux, the mixture was cooled to rt and treated with brine (15 mL). The layers were separated, and the aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (3×) and the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with 0.1 N NaOH (aq) (3×), brine, dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield 0.27 g of Compound 36b: HPLC: 3.91 min, 95%; MS (ES) m/z 361 (MH+).
  • Following the procedure of Example 35 for the conversion of Compound 35a to Compound 35b, Compound 36b was converted to Compound 36c.
  • Following the procedure of Example 1 with Procedure A for the conversion of Compound 1c to Compound 9, Compound 36c was converted to Compound 71: HPLC: 4.84 min; MS (ES) m/z 572 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00123
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 36, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    143 623 (M + pyr)H+
    • Example 37 [(Naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-(1-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 82
  • N-phenyl indole Compound 37a was prepared by the procedure described in JOC 2001, 66(23), 7729-7737.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 18, substituting Compound 37a for Compound 18b, Compound 82 was prepared: HPLC: 4.04 min; MS (ES) m/z 457 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00124
    • Example 38 [(3-Benzyloxy-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 122
  • Using the procedure described in Example 17, substituting Compound 38a (0.30 g, 1.89 mmol) for Compound 17i, Compound 38b (0.38 g) was prepared: HPLC: 3.85 min, 95%; MS (ES) m/z 464 (MH+).
  • Using the method described in JACS 1998, 110(14), 4789, Compound 38b (0.22 g, 0.48 mmol) was converted to Compound 38c (0.16 g): HPLC: 4.43 min, 98%.
  • Compound 38c (0.14 g, 0.25 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to give Compound 122 (0.114 g): HPLC: 4.08 min; MS (ES) m/z 498 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00125
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 38, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    108 408
    121 524
    123 480
    • Example 39 [Naphthalen-1-yl-(3-phenylcarbamoyloxy-naphthalen-2-yl-carbamoyl)-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 95
  • Using the procedure described in Example 27, substituting Compound 38b (0.19 g, 0.41 mmol) for Compound 27a and phenylisocyanate for benzylisocyanate, Compound 39a (0.18 g) was prepared: HPLC: 4.30 min, 95%; MS (ES) m/z 583 (MH+).
  • Compound 39a (0.18 g, 0.31 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to give Compound 95 (0.12 g): HPLC: 4.16 min; MS (ES) m/z 527 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00126
    • Example 40 [(3-{[1-(Naphthalene-2-carbonyl)-piperidine-4-carbonyl]-amino}-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl)-naphthalen-1-yl-methyl]-phosphonic acid, Cpd 141
  • Compound 40a was synthesized by the method described in JACS 1993, 115(4), 1321-1329.
  • Using the procedure described in Example 17, substituting Compound 40a (0.80 g, 3.11 mmol) for Compound 17c, Compound 40b (0.53 g) was prepared: HPLC: 4.20 min.
  • Compound 40b (0.28 g, 0.50 mmol) was dissolved in TFA (1 mL) and allowed to stand for 30 min. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 0.47 g of Compound 40c as a 4.2 TFA solvate: HPLC: 3.40 min; MS (ES) m/z 463 (MH+).
  • To a solution of Compound 40c (0.47 g), diisopropylamine (0.37 mL, 2.1 mmol), HOBt (0.068 g, 0.50 mmol), and Boc-isonipecotic acid (0.115 g, 0.50 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added DCC (0.103 g, 0.50 mmol). After stirring for 72 h, the mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and filtered. The filtrate was washed sequentially with 1 N KHSO4, saturated NaHCO3 (aq), and brine, then dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt. The residue was crystallized from CH3CN to yield 0.14 g of Compound 40d as a white solid: HPLC: 4.08 min; MS (ES) m/z 674 (MH+).
  • Compound 40d (0.14 g, 0.21 mmol) was stirred with TFA (1 mL) for 45 min, then concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) containing DIPEA (0.21 mL, 1.2 mmol). To the mixture was added 2-naphthoyl chloride (0.04 g, 0.21 mmol) and the reaction stirred for 20 min. The mixture was washed sequentially with 1 N KHSO4 (aq), saturated NaHCO3 (aq), and brine, then dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure at rt to yield 0.15 g of Compound 40e as a white solid: HPLC: 4.01 min.
  • Compound 40e was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 141: HPLC: 3.75 min; MS (ES) m/z 672 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00127
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 40, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    132 407
    • Example 41 [2-(2-Naphthalen-1-yl-2-phosphono-acetylamino)-naphthalen-1-yloxy]-acetic acid methyl ester, Cpd 134
  • Using the procedure described in Example 38 for the conversion of Compound 38a to 38c, substituting methyl bromoacetate for benzyl bromide, Compound 41a was reacted to give Compound 41b.
  • Compound 41b was deethylated by Procedure A to yield Compound 134: HPLC: 4.23 min; MS (ES) m/z 498 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00128
    • Example 42 (Naphthalen-1-yl-{1-[2-oxo-2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl)-ethoxy]-naphthalen-2-ylcarbamoyl}-methyl)-phosphonic acid, Cpd 114
  • Using the procedure of Example 32 for the saponification of Compound 32a to 32b, Compound 41b (1.01 g, 1.89 mmol) was converted to Compound 42a (1.12 g): HPLC: 3.78 min; MS (ES) m/z 522 (MH+).
  • Using the procedure described in Example 24, substituting Compound 42a (0.25 g, 0.48 mmol) for Compound 24e, Compound 42b (0.27 g) was prepared: HPLC: 4.54 min, 97%; MS (ES) m/z 665 (MH+).
  • Compound 42b (0.15 g, 0.23 mmol) was deethylated by Procedure A to give of Compound 114 (0.096 g): HPLC: 4.19 min; MS (ES) m/z 609 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00129
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 40, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    130 583
    • Example 43 {[(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(4-hydroxyl-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphonic acid, Cpd 66
  • Compound 43a (0.100 g, 0.192 mmol), prepared as in Example 11, was deethylated by Procedure A and the crude product was dissolved in 5 mL of methanol and treated with 0.210 g of KOH. The mixture was stirred for 7.5 h, then acidified with 1N HCl (aq), concentrated under reduced pressure at rt and purified by reverse phase HPLC (12-90% MeCN/H2O) to yield 0.014 g of Compound 66 as a grey powder: HPLC: 3.04 min; 77%; MS (ES) m/z 422 (MH−).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00130
    • Example 44 {(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphinic acid, Cpd 149
  • A solution of Compound 44a (0.29 g, 0.63 mmol; prepared according to Example 6) in 15 mL of methanol containing 5 mL of 1N NaOH (aq) was stirred for 25 min. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was suspended in 1 N HCl (aq) and stirred for 1 h. The solid was collected, rinsed sequentially with 1 N HCl and water, then dried under a stream of N2 to yield 0.23 g of Compound 149 as a pale yellow powder: HPLC: 3.71 min; MS (ES) m/z 422 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00131
    • Example 45 [[2-(2-Amino-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-(5-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-methyl]-methyl-phosphinic acid, Cpd 151
  • Compound 45a (prepared according to Example 6) was converted to compound 45b by the method of Example 10. Compound 45b was deethylated according to Procedure A and purified by trituration with 1 N HCl (aq) to yield Compound 151: HPLC: 2.78 min; MS (ES) m/z 421 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00132
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials; reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 45, the following compounds were prepared without further purification:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    172 421
    • Example 46 {(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(2-ureido-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphinic acid, Cpd 158
  • To a suspension of Compound 45b (0.14 g, 0.31 mmol), acetic acid (0.4 mL) and water (1.6 mL) was added a five-fold excess of sodium cyanate. The reaction was stirred at 60° C. for 1 h, and the crude product was collected, washed with water, dried under a stream of N2 and deethylated by Procedure A. The product was subjected to reverse phase HPLC (25-90% MeCN/H2O) to yield 0.026 g of Compound 158 as a white powder: HPLC: 3.22 min; MS (ES) m/z 464 (MH+), and 0.037 g of Compound 159 as a white powder: HPLC: 3.46 min; MS (ES) m/z 507 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00133
    • Example 47 (Naphthalen-1-yl-styrylcarbamoyl-methyl)-phosphonic acid didiethylcarbamoylmethyl ester, Cpd 180
  • To a solution of Compound 37 (0.21 g, 0.53 mmol) and N,N-diethyl-2-hydroxyacetamide (0.15 g, 1.17 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL) was added 1-(mesitylene-2-sulfonyl)-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (MSNT; 0.47 g, 1.59 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 3.5 h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue taken up in EtOAc. The solution was washed sequentially with 1 N KHSO4 (aq), saturated NaHCO3 (aq), and brine, then dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica, 0-30% acetone/heptane) to yield 0.07 g of Compound 180 as a yellow solid: HPLC: 3.88 min; MS (ES) m/z 594 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00134
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 47, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    179 510
    181 656
    • Example 48 2-Naphthalen-1-yl-2-(2-oxo-2,5-[1,3,2]dioxaphosphinan-2-yl)-N-styryl-acetamide, Cpd 178
  • Using the procedure described in Example 47, Compound 37 (0.10 g, 0.27 mmol), 1,3-propanediol (0.02 g, 0.27 mmol), and MSNT (0.48 g, 1.62 mmol) in pyridine (5 ml) afforded 0.01 g of Compound 178, as a white powder: HPLC: 3.52 min; MS (ES) m/z 408 (MH+).
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 48, the following compound was prepared:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    173 436
    • Example 49 {(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphinic acid diethylcarbamoylmethyl ester, Cpd 185
  • Using the procedure described in Example 47, Compound 17 (0.25 g, 0.57 mmol), N,N-diethyl-2-hydroxyacetamide (0.37 g, 2.86 mmol), and MSNT (0.25 g, 0.86 mmol) in pyridine (5 ml) yielded 0.14 g of Compound 185, as a white powder (˜3:1 mixture of diastereomers). HPLC: 4.03 min (24%), 4.11 min (76%); MS (ES) m/z 555 (MH+).
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 49, the following compound was prepared:
  • Cpd MS (MH+) Diastereomer ratio
    183 513 1:1
    • Example 50 {(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-methyl-phosphinic acid 2-amino-ethyl ester, Cpd 184
  • Using the procedure described in Example 47, Compound 17 (0.27 g, 0.61 mmol), N-Boc-ethanolamine (0.11 g, 0.67 mmol), and MSNT (0.54 g, 1.83 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL) yielded 0.27 g of Compound 50a, as a white powder: (˜2:1 mixture of diastereomers). HPLC: 4.17 min (22%), 4.20 min (46%); MS (ES) m/z 585 (MH+).
  • A solution of Compound 50a (0.27 g, 0.46 mmol) in 3 mL of TFA was stirred for 30 min, then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (30-90% MeCN/H2O) to afford 0.12 g of Compound 184 as a white powder (TFA salt; ˜1:1 mixture of diastereomers by 1H NMR); HPLC: 3.17 min; MS (ES) m/z 485 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00135
    • Example 51 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid {(5-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-(2,2-dimethyl-propionyloxymethoxy)-phosphinoyloxymethyl ester, Cpd 186 and 2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid {(5-chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinylcarbamoyl]-methyl}-hydroxy-phosphinoyloxymethyl ester, Cpd 187
  • A solution of Compound 2 (0.25 g, 0.56 mmol), triethylamine (0.31 mL, 2.24 mmol), and chloromethylpivaloate (0.32 ml, 2.24 g) in DMF (2 ml) was heated at 60° C. for 2.5 h. The mixture was cooled to rt and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product mixture was subjected to reverse phase HPLC (37.5-90% MeCN/H2O) to yield 0.035 g of Compound 186 as a white powder; HPLC: 4.77 min; MS (ES) m/z 672 (MH+), and 0.16 g of Compound 187 which was converted to its tromethamine salt by treatment of a methanol solution of Compound 186 with 1 eq of tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the tromethamine salt of Compound 187 as a white powder: HPLC: 5.13 min; MS (ES) m/z 558 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00136
  • Other compounds of the present invention may be prepared by those skilled in the art by varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used. Using the procedure of Example 51, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    188 670
    190 514 (MH−)
    191 670
  • Using the procedure of Example 51, and substituting Compound 37 for Compound 2, the following compounds were prepared:
  • Cpd MS (MH+)
    174 438 (MH−)
    175 512
    176 466 (MH−)
    177 482
  • Using the procedure of Example 51, and substituting Compound 17 for Compound 2, the following compound was prepared:
  • Diastereomer
    Cpd MS (MH+) ratio
    182 556 3:2
  • The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 6 followed by Example 51, and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, and 323.
  • The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 11 followed by Example 51, and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, and 355.
    • Example 52 2-(5-Chloro-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl)-N-[2-(3,4-difluoro-phenyl)-vinyl]-2-(2-oxo-2λ5-[1,3,2]dioxaphosphinan-2-yl)-acetamide, Cpd 189
  • A solution of Compound 1a (1.75 g, 6.69 mmol) and Compound 52a (prepared according to JACS 1969, 91(24), 6838-6841; 1.36 g, 10.04 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) was refluxed for 24 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica; 0-30% acetone/heptane) to afford 1.0 g of Compound 52b as a viscous oil: HPLC: 3.03 min; MS (ES) m/z 303 (MH+).
  • From Compound 52b (0.51 g, 1.69 mmol) was prepared 0.28 g of Compound 189 by the procedure of Example 1: HPLC: 3.96 min; MS (ES) m/z 484 (MH+).
  • Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00137
  • The following compounds can be made by those skilled in the art by using Example 52 and varying the starting materials, reagent(s) and conditions used: compounds 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, and 347.
    • Biological Experimental Examples
  • The utility of the compounds of the present invention as a serine protease inhibitor and, particularly, as a chymase inhibitor useful for the treatment of inflammatory or serine protease mediated disorders can be determined according to the procedures described herein.
    • Example 1 Enzyme-Catalyzed Hydrolysis Assays
  • Enzyme-catalyzed hydrolysis rates were measured spectro-photometrically using human skin chymase (Cortex Biochem), a chromogenic substrate (Suc-Ala-Ala-Pro-Phe-pNa) (Bachem) in aqueous buffer (450 mM Tris, 1800 mM NaCl, pH 8.0), and a microplate reader (Molecular Devices). IC50 experiments were conducted by fixing the enzyme and substrate concentrations (10 nM enzyme, 0.7 mM substrate) and varying the inhibitor concentration. Changes in absorbance at 405 nM were monitored using the software program Softmax (Molecular Devices), upon addition of enzyme, with and without inhibitor present at 37° C. for 30 minutes. Percent inhibition was calculated by comparing the initial reaction slopes of the samples without inhibitor to those with inhibitor. IC50 values were determined using a four parameter fit logistics model. The term “NT” indicates a compound that was not tested.
  • Table VI summarizes the assay results for chymase inhibition for compounds of the present invention:
  • TABLE VI
    IC50 (μM)
    Cpd Chymase N
    1 0.010 ± 0    2
    2 0.011 ± 0    2
    3 0.013 ± 0.007 2
    4 0.016 ± 0.005 2
    5 0.019 ± 0.005 2
    6 0.020 ± 0    2
    7 0.021 ± 0.004 2
    8 0.021 ± 0.010 4
    9 0.029 ± 0.009 2
    10 0.029 ± 0.010 3
    11 0.037 ± 0.010 2
    12 0.038 ± 0.013 6
    13 0.040 ± 0.020 3
    14 0.050 ± 0.010 2
    15 0.052 ± 0.015 3
    16 0.055 ± 0.005 2
    17 0.058 ± 0.012 7
    18 0.060 ± 0.020 3
    19 0.066 ± 0.010 6
    20 0.080 ± 0.004 2
    21 0.080 ± 0.020 2
    22 0.090 ± 0.028 4
    23 0.100 ± 0.030 3
    24 0.100 ± 0.033 3
    25 0.109 ± 0.030 3
    26 0.120 ± 0.030 4
    27 0.130 ± 0.020 2
    28 0.160 ± 0.004 2
    29 0.166 ± 0.012 2
    30 0.170 ± 0.010 2
    31 0.190 1
    32 0.210 ± 0.010 2
    33 0.210 ± 0.690 2
    34 0.220 ± 0.010 2
    35 0.235 ± 0.045 2
    36 0.240 ± 0.010 2
    37 0.250 ± 0.120 7
    38 0.284 ± 0.108 2
    39 0.310 ± 0.040 2
    40 0.320 ± 0.140 2
    41 0.330 ± 0.020 2
    42 0.340 ± 0.130 4
    43 0.350 ± 0.070 2
    44 0.350 ± 0.220 2
    45 0.371 ± 0.110 2
    46 0.388 ± 0.116 2
    47 0.410 ± 0.100 2
    48 0.421 ± 0.151 2
    49 0.430 ± 0.090 2
    50 0.430 ± 0.150 4
    51 0.460 ± 0.060 2
    52 0.480 ± 0.180 2
    53 0.490 ± 0.160 2
    54 0.510 ± 0.124 3
    55 0.520 ± 0.510 2
    56 0.606 ± 0.130 2
    57 0.609 1
    58 0.630 ± 0.130 4
    59 0.635 1
    60 0.663 1
    61 0.710 1
    62 0.820 ± 0.500 3
    63 0.830 ± 0.180 4
    64 0.830 ± 0.080 2
    65 0.840 ± 0.190 3
    66 0.868 ± 0.130 6
    67 0.920 ± 0.250 4
    68 0.920 ± 0.530 2
    69 0.930 ± .0950 2
    70 0.930 ± 0.070 2
    71 1.000 ± 0.300 5
    72 1.300 ± 0.610 2
    73 1.352 ± 0.168 3
    74 1.390 ± 0.554 2
    75 1.400 ± 0.600 3
    76 1.430 ± 0.451 2
    77 1.480 ± 0.450 2
    78 1.500 ± 0.430 2
    79 1.600 1
    80 1.650 ± 0.680 2
    81 1.700 ± 0.210 6
    82 1.700 ± 0.410 2
    83 1.723 1
    84 1.750 ± 0.285 2
    85 1.800 ± 1.200 2
    86 1.900 ± 0.400 2
    87 2.036 1
    88 2.040 ± 0.190 3
    89 2.100 ± 0.200 2
    90 2.153 1
    91 2.320 1
    92 2.400 1
    93 2.703 1
    94 2.755 1
    95 2.800 1
    96 2.800 1
    97 2.882 ± 0.899 2
    98 2.900 1
    99 2.963 ± 1.180 2
    100 3.001 ± 1.431 3
    101 3.115 1
    102 3.450 1
    103 3.627 1
    104 3.879 ± 2.414 3
    105 4.100 1
    106 4.300 1
    107 4.300 ± 0.030 2
    108 4.338 1
    109 4.400 1
    110 4.451 1
    111 4.617 1
    112 4.735 ± 1.655 5
    113 4.803 ± 1.688 2
    114 4.899 ± 1.339 2
    115 5.362 1
    116 5.400 1
    117 5.624 ± 1.074 2
    118 5.720 ± 0.013 2
    119 5.800 1
    120 5.860 ± 1.080 5
    121 5.900 1
    122 5.944 ± 1.688 2
    123 6.600 1
    124 6.700 1
    125 6.700 1
    126 7.000 1
    127 7.000 ± 1.100 2
    128 7.300 1
    129 7.400 1
    130 7.436 ± 3.734 2
    131 7.681 1
    132 7.900 1
    133 8.083 ± 3.153 4
    134 8.110 ± 4.753 2
    135 8.300 1
    136 8.630 ± 0.810 2
    137 8.665 1
    138 8.700 1
    139 8.800 1
    140 9.200 ± 0.730 6
    141 9.500 1
    142 9.538 ± 4.204 2
    143 9.800 1
    144 1.26 ± 0.29 2
    145 0.035 ± 0.02  2
    146 0.11 ± 0   2
    147 1.44 ± 0.48 2
    148 0.23 ± 0.04 2
    149 0.043 ± 0    2
    150 0.091 ± 0.02  2
    151 0.40 ± 0.12 2
    152 0.13 ± 0.03 2
    153 0.06 ± 0.01 2
    154 0.036 ± 0.05  2
    155 0.34 ± 0.04 2
    156 0.036 ± 0.01  2
    157 11.0 ± 1.2  2
    158 6.0 ± 1.9 2
    159  3.0 ± 0.19 2
    160 0.065 ± 0.02  2
    161 0.0035 ± 0    2
    162 0.0090 ± 0    2
    163 0.017 ± 0    2
    164 0.10 ± 0.02 2
    165 0.078 ± 0.03  2
    166 0.0387 ± 0.02  2
    167 0.017 ± 0.04  2
    168 0.0059 ± 0.01  2
    169 0.042 ± 0    2
    170 0.0031 ± 0    2
    171 0.025 ± 0.01  2
    172 0.041 ± 0.02  2
    199 0.0018 ± 0    2
    • Example 2 Anti-Asthmatic Effects in a Sheep Model of Asthma
  • The efficacy of Compound 17 for the treatment of asthma was evaluated in a validated model of Ascaris suum antigen-induced asthmatic response in conscious sheep (Abraham, W. M., Pharmacology of allergen-induced early and late airway responses and antigen-induced airway hyperresponsiveness in allergic sheep, Pulmonary Pharmacology, 1989, 2, 33-40).
    • Experimental Protocol
  • Baseline (BSL) dose response curves to aerosol carbachol were obtained from historical control responses prior to antigen challenge. Baseline values of specific lung resistance (SRL) were obtained and the sheep were then given a specified amount (mg) of the test compound as an inhaled aerosol or as a oral dose at a specified time before antigen challenge. Post-drug measurements of SRL were obtained and the sheep were then challenged with Ascaris suum antigen. Measurements of SRL were obtained immediately after challenge, hourly from 1-6 h after challenge and on the half-hour from 6 1/2-8 h after challenge. Measurements of SRL were obtained 24 h after challenge followed; by a 24 h post-challenge with carbachol to measure airway hyperreactivity.
  • Compound 17 was administered as an aerosol at 4.5 mg/dose (ca. 0.1 mg/Kg/dose, based on a 45 Kg sheep), twice-a-day (BID) for three consecutive days, followed by a dose on day 4, 0.5 h prior to antigen challenge. Ascaris suum antigen challenge was given at the zero time point.
  • Compound 17 was administered as an oral solution at 15 mg/Kg/dose, twice-a-day (BID) for three consecutive days, followed by a dose on day 4, 2 h prior to antigen challenge. Ascaris suum antigen challenge was given at the zero time point.
  • FIG. 1 shows that after aerosol administration the early airway response (0-2 h after antigen challenge) was unchanged and that the late airway response (6-8 h after antigen challenge) was completely blocked (n=2 sheep/group).
  • FIG. 2 shows that the delayed airway hyperreactivity measured at 24 h post antigen challenge as measured using carbachol challenge was also completely blocked by compound following aerosol administration.
  • FIG. 3 shows that after oral administration the early airway response (0-2 h after antigen challenge) was unchanged and that the late airway response (6-8 h after antigen challenge) was completely blocked (n=2 sheep/group).
  • FIG. 4 shows that the delayed airway hyperreactivity measured at 24 h post antigen challenge as measured using carbachol challenge was also completely blocked by compound following oral administration.
    • Example 3 Pharmacokinetic Assay for Evaluation of Oral Absorption Potential Procedural Overview
  • Male Sprague Dawley rats, weighing 250-300 g, were fasted overnight then dosed by oral gavage at a level of 15 mg/kg with a compound. Compounds were formulated in 20% hydroxy-beta-cyclo dextran.
  • Blood samples (0.5 mL) were collected into lithium heparinized tubes at 0.5, 1.0 and 2.0 h post dose via orbital sinus puncture. Blood samples were centrifuged at 2000 rpm for ˜3 min for cell removal, approximately 200 μL of plasma supernatant was then transferred to a clean vial, frozen then placed on dry ice and delivered to SFBC Analytical Labs, Inc. for analysis.
  • Plasma samples were prepared as follows. Two hundred microliters of acetonitrile containing 1 μM internal standard was added to 100 μL of plasma to precipitate proteins. Samples were centrifuged at 5000 g for 5 min and supernatant removed for analysis by LC-MS. Two hundred microliters of water was added to adjust sample solvent strength and prevent peak splitting. Calibration standards were prepared by adding appropriate volumes of stock solution directly into plasma and treated identically to collected plasma samples. Calibration standards were prepared in the range of 0.1 to 10 μM for quantitation. LC-MS analysis was performed using MRM (Multiple Reaction Monitoring) detection of characteristic ions for each drug candidate and internal standard.
  • PK Data (N = 2)
    CMax (μM)
    Cpd @ 2 h
    173 0.1 ± 0.02
    174 0.56 ± 0.36 
    175 0.2 ± 0.03
    176 0.3 ± 0.04
    177 2.0 ± 1.1 
    178 4.1 ± 0.28
    179 <0.1 ± 0.0 
    180 <0.1 ± 0.0 
    181 0.2 ± 0.05
    (Cmax at 30 min)
    182 11.8 ± 3.26 
    183 0.1 ± 0.01
    184 0.1 ± 0.05
    185 2.1 ± 0.23
    186 20.1 ± 3.5 
    187 21.4 ± 11  
    188 0.1 ± 0.05
    189 21.1 ± 2.3 
    190 2.3 ± 0.55
    191 19 (N = 1)
  • While the foregoing specification teaches the principles of the present invention, with examples provided for the purpose of illustration, it will be understood that the practice of the invention encompasses all of the usual variations, adaptations and/or modifications as come within the scope of the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims (40)

1. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00138
wherein
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-4alkyl;
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00139
is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, benzo fused heterocyclyl, and cyclopropyl when n is 0 and one of R2 or R3 is phenyl, and benzo fused cycloalkyl, and ring A is optionally substituted with R2 and R3;
R2 is one to two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, methoxy, C2-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, —OCF3, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro; furthermore, R2 is optionally oxo when ring A is heteroaryl or benzo fused heterocyclyl; and, wherein any aryl-containing substituent of R2 is optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro;
and, wherein any of the foregoing C1-6alkyl or C2-6 alkoxy containing substituents of R2 are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of —NR11R12, aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogens and hydroxy; wherein R11 and R12 are independently hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, or —NR15R16; or aryl;
R15 and R16 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl, and said R15 and R16 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
R3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, —OCF3, —OCH2(C2-6)alkenyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, —NHC(═O)Cy, —N(C1-6alkyl)C(═O)Cy, —(NC(═O))2NH2, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, —C(═O)NR17R18, —C(═O)NHcycloalkyl, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, —C(═O)NHCy, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)Cy, —C(═O)Cy, —OC(═O)C1-6alkyl, —OC(═O)NR19R20, —C(═O)Oaryl, —C(═O)Oheteroaryl, —CO2H, ureido, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, and aryloxy;
wherein any of the foregoing C1-6alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy containing substituents of R3 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —NR21R22, —NH (cycloalkyl), —N(C1-6alkyl)(cycloalkyl), —NHCy, —N(C1-6alkyl)Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, hydroxy, halogen, —C(═O)NR23R24, —OC(═O)NR25R26, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, and —C(═O)Cy;
wherein said R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24, R25, R26 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; and R17 and R18, R19 and R20, R21 and R22, R23 and R24 and R25 and R26 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
Cy is a heterocyclyl optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylC(═O)C1-6alkyl, —C1-6alkylC(═O)C1-6-alkoxy, C1-6alkylC(═O)aryl, —C(═O)(C1-6)alkyl, —C(═O)(C1-6)alkoxy, —C(═O)aryl, —SO2aryl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; wherein the aryl portion of any aryl-containing substituent of Cy is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), and —N(C1-6)dialkyl; and wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with aryl, one to three halogen atoms, or one to three oxo substituents; and heterocyclyl is optionally spiro-fused to said Cy;
and wherein the C1-6alkenyl and C1-6alkynyl substituents of R3 are optionally substituted with aryl or —C(═O)NR27R28; wherein said R27 and R28 are independently hydrogen; C1-6-alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; or aryl; and R27 and R28 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
wherein the aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloalkyl substituents of R3 are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from R14;
wherein R14 is independently hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro;
and any one of the foregoing C1-6alkyl- or C1-6alkoxy-containing substituents of R14 is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from —NR29R30, aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogen atoms, or hydroxy; wherein R29 and R30 are independently hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; or aryl; and R29 and R30 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
n is 0 or 1;
W is O or S;
X is hydrogen or C1-3alkyl;
Y is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl substituted with —OSO2NH2 or hydroxy; SO3H, CO2H, heteroaryl, —OC(═O)NH2, and P(═O)OR5R6 provided that when Y is CO2H, A and Z must both be bicyclic ring systems;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, 1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxy; and aryl optionally substituted with C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, C2-6 alkenyl, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro; alternatively, when R6 is C1-6alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 5-8 membered monocyclic ring;
provided that R5 is other than C1-6alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylamino-carbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-PRD benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-6alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C2-8alkenyl, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, and C2-8alkenyl are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkoxy, aryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, C1-6alkyl-carbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, (C1-6)alkylamino-carbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogen atoms, and hydroxy; and when R6 is C1-8alkyl, said C1-8alkyl is optionally substituted with one to four additional halogen atoms such that one to three halogen atoms are optionally chlorine and one to seven of the halogen atoms are optionally fluorine;
wherein the heteroaryl and aryl substituents of R6 are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro;
Z is a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; provided that when Y is CO2H, A and Z must both be a bicycle;
R4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of: H, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, aryl(C1-6)alkyl, aryl(C2-6)alkenyl, halogen, —C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR31R32, aryl, —CO2H, oxo, and cyano; wherein C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl and C1-6alkoxy are optionally substituted with —NR33R34, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, one to three halogen atoms, or hydroxy; and aryl and heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, C1-6alkylthio, —NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, one to three halogen atoms, hydroxy, and nitro;
wherein said R31, R32, R33, and R34 are substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, and aryl, wherein alkyl is optionally substituted with hydroxy, aryl, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, NH2, NH(C1-6alkyl), or —N(C1-6)dialkyl; and R31 with R32 and R33 with R34 are optionally taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a ring of five to seven members;
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1 wherein R1 is hydrogen.
3. The compound of claim 1 wherein
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00140
is independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and benzo fused heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with R2 and R3.
4. The compound of claim 1 wherein
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00141
is a bicyclic ring system of the formula:
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00142
wherein the a1 portion of said a1a2 is optionally substituted with R2; and a2 portion is optionally substituted with R3.
5. The compound of claim 4 wherein a is aromatic.
6. The compound of claim 1 wherein
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00143
is selected from group consisting of naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, dihydronaphthyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, and benzodioxolyl when n is equal to zero; and A is selected from phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, and pyridin-3-yl when n is equal to one.
7. The compound of claim 1 wherein
Figure US20090036409A1-20090205-C00144
is selected from naphthyl and benzothiazolyl when n is equal to zero; and A is selected from phenyl, pyridin-2-yl, and pyridin-3-yl when n is equal to one.
8. The compound of claim 1 wherein R2 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, methoxy, C2-6alkoxy, —NH2, —NH(C1-6alkyl), —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro; wherein C1-6alkyl and C2-6alkoxy are optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of —NR11R12, aryl, heteroaryl, one to three halogens, and hydroxy.
9. The compound of claim 1 wherein R2 is a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, methoxy, C2-4alkoxy, hydroxy, halogen, and —NH2.
10. The compound of claim 1 wherein R2 is C1-4alkyl, halogen, or —NH2.
11. The compound of claim 1 wherein R3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxy, —OCH2(C2-6)alkenyl, NH2, —NH(C1-6-alkyl), —N(C1-6)dialkyl, —NHC(═O)Cy, —N(C1-6alkyl)C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)C1-4alkoxy, —C(═O)NR17R18, —C(═O)NHcycloalkyl, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, —C(═O)NHCy, —C(═O)N(C1-6-alkyl)Cy, —C(═O)Cy, —OC(═O)NR19R20, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, aryl, and aryloxy; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of —NR21R22, —NHcycloalkyl, —N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, —NHCy, —N(C1-6alkyl)Cy, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen, —C(═O)NR23R24, —OC(═O)NR25R26, —C(═O)(C1-4)alkoxy, and —C(═O)Cy; wherein alkenyl is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon with aryl and —C(═O)NR27R28; and, wherein aryl and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from R14.
12. The compound of claim 1 wherein R3 is one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, —NR19R20, —NHC(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR17R18, —C(═O)NHcycloalkyl, —C(═O)N(C1-6alkyl)cycloalkyl, halogen, and aryl; wherein alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom, with one to three fluorine atoms, —NH2, —NHCy, or —N(C1-4alkyl)Cy; and wherein aryl and cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with a group independently selected from R14.
13. The compound of claim 1 wherein R3 is one to two substituents independently selected from trifluoromethyl; C1-4alkoxy optionally substituted with one to three fluorine atoms; —NH2; —NHC(═O)Cy; or halogen.
14. The compound of claim 1 wherein R3 is NHC(═O)Cy, and Cy is piperadinyl; wherein said piperadinyl is substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl, C1-4alkylC(═O)C1-4alkyl, —C1-4alkylC(═O)C1-4alkoxy, C1-4alkylC(═O)aryl, —C(═O)(C1-4)alkyl, —C(═O)(C1-4)alkoxy, —C(═O)aryl, —SO2aryl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl; wherein aryl and the aryl portion of the C1-4alkylC(═O)aryl, —C(═O)aryl and —SO2aryl is optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen, hydroxy, NH2, NH(C1-6-alkyl), or —N(C1-4)dialkyl; and wherein heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with aryl, one to three halogen atoms, or one oxo substituents.
15. The compound of claim 1 wherein R3 is trifluoromethyl, one to two fluorine atoms, chloro, methoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or NH2; furthermore, when A is naphthyl and n is equal to zero, R3 is (4-{[1-(naphthalen-2-yl-carbonyl)-piperadin-4-yl-carbonyl]-amino}naphthalen-2-yl.
16. The compound of claim 1 wherein X is C1-3alkyl.
17. The compound of claim 1 wherein X is hydrogen.
18. The compound of claim 1 wherein Y is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3alkyl substituted with —OSO2NH2 or hydroxy; SO3H, CO2H, heteroaryl, —OC(═O)NH2, and P(═O)OR5.
19. The compound of claim 1 wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxy; and aryl optionally substituted with C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylthio, C2-6 alkenyl, NH2, —NH(C1-6)alkyl, —N(C1-6)dialkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, halogen, hydroxy, or nitro; alternatively, when R6 is C1-8alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 5-8 membered monocyclic ring;
and provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
20. The compound of claim 1 wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, one to three halogens, or hydroxyl; and aryl; alternatively, when R6 is C1-8alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 6-7 membered monocyclic ring;
and provided that when R5 is C1-3alkyl substituted with either di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl or C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, ring system A is other than 3,4-difluoro-phenyl when n is 1 and Z-R4 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
21. The compound of claim 1 wherein R5 is hydrogen or C1-3alkyl optionally substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, or di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl; and alternatively, when R6 is C1-8alkoxy, R5 and R6 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form a 6-membered monocyclic ring;
and provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is OH, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl; and provided that R5 is other than C1-3alkyl substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonylthio when ring system A is 3,4-difluoro-phenyl, n is 1, R6 is CH3, and Z-R4 is 5-chloro-benzothiophen-3-yl.
22. The compound of claim 1 wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C2-8alkenyl, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein alkyl, alkoxy, and alkenyl are optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-6alkylcarbonylthio, C, alkoxycarbonyloxy, (C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl, and hydroxy; and wherein heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, and halogen.
23. The compound of claim 1 wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, heteroaryl, aryl, and hydroxy; wherein alkyl and is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon atom with a substituent selected from C1-3alkoxy, aryl, or hydroxy; and alkoxy is optionally substituted on a terminal carbon with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, and di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl; and wherein heteroaryl and aryl are optionally substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of aryl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, and halogen.
24. The compound of claim 1 wherein R6 is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, methoxypropyl, phenethyl, benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl-propyl, hydroxy, and C1-3alkoxy optionally substituted with C1-6alkylcarbonyloxy, and di(C1-6)alkylaminocarbonyl.
25. The compound of claim 1 wherein Z is a bicyclic aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl; wherein aryl and heteroaryl are optionally substituted with the group R4; provided that when Y is CO2H, A and Z must both be a bicycle.
26. The compound of claim 1 wherein Z is independently selected from the group consisting of indolyl, benzothiophenyl, naphthalenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl and benzothiazolone.
27. The compound of claim 1 wherein Z is indolyl, benzothiophenyl, or naphthalenyl.
28. The compound of claim 1 wherein R4 is one to three substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkenyl, C1-6alkoxy, aryl(C2-6)alkenyl, halogen, —C(═O)Cy, —C(═O)NR31R32, aryl, —CO2H, oxo, and cyano; wherein the alkyl and alkoxy are optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of —NR33R34, aryl, one to three halogen atoms, and hydroxy; wherein the aryl is optionally substituted with a substituent independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, aryl, halogen, hydroxy, and nitro.
29. The compound of claim 1 wherein R4 is one to two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, phenyl(C2-6)alkenyl, and —C(═O)(2-(4-phenyl-piperidin-1-carbonyl)).
30. A composition comprising the compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
31. A composition made by mixing the compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
32. The method of claim 1 wherein the disorder is selected from the group consisting of allergic rhinitis, viral rhinitis, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, acute lung injury, psoriasis, arthritis, reperfusion injury, ischemia, hypertension, hypercardia, myocardial infarction, heart failure damage associated with myocardial infarction, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, saroidosis, vascular stenosis or restenosis, pulmonary fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, post surgical adhesion formation, systemic sclerosis, keloid scars, rheumatoid arthritis, bullous pemphigiod and atherosclerosis.
33. The method of claim 32 wherein said acute lung injury is adult (acute) respiratory distress syndrome.
34. The method of claim 32 wherein said vascular stenosis or restenosis is associated with vascular injury, angioplasty, vascular stents or vascular grafts.
35. The method of claim 32 wherein said kidney fibrosis is associated with glomerulonephritis.
36. The method of claim 32 wherein the chymase mediated disorder is selected from the group consisting of asthma, allergic rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema, pulmonary fibrosis, and acute lung injury.
37. The method of claim 36 wherein the chymase mediated disorder is asthma.
38. The method of claim 36 wherein the chymase mediated disorder is allergic rhinitis.
39. The method of claim 36 wherein the chymase mediated disorder is pulmonary fibrosis.
40. The method of claim 1 wherein the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1 is from about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 1000 mg/kg/day.
US12/229,077 2004-01-23 2008-08-20 Novel inhibitors of chymase Abandoned US20090036409A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/229,077 US20090036409A1 (en) 2004-01-23 2008-08-20 Novel inhibitors of chymase

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US53866304P 2004-01-23 2004-01-23
US11/037,938 US7459444B2 (en) 2004-01-23 2005-01-18 Inhibitors of chymase
US12/229,077 US20090036409A1 (en) 2004-01-23 2008-08-20 Novel inhibitors of chymase

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/037,938 Continuation US7459444B2 (en) 2004-01-23 2005-01-18 Inhibitors of chymase

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090036409A1 true US20090036409A1 (en) 2009-02-05

Family

ID=34826001

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/037,938 Expired - Fee Related US7459444B2 (en) 2004-01-23 2005-01-18 Inhibitors of chymase
US12/229,077 Abandoned US20090036409A1 (en) 2004-01-23 2008-08-20 Novel inhibitors of chymase

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/037,938 Expired - Fee Related US7459444B2 (en) 2004-01-23 2005-01-18 Inhibitors of chymase

Country Status (24)

Country Link
US (2) US7459444B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1716160B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5022711B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101182143B1 (en)
CN (2) CN1934120B (en)
AR (1) AR047448A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE493421T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005207856B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0507052A (en)
CA (1) CA2554205C (en)
CR (1) CR8563A (en)
DE (1) DE602005025600D1 (en)
EA (1) EA011745B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP066721A (en)
ES (1) ES2357013T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1148753A1 (en)
IL (1) IL177037A (en)
MX (1) MXPA06008375A (en)
NO (1) NO20063647L (en)
NZ (1) NZ548684A (en)
SG (1) SG149880A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200539881A (en)
WO (1) WO2005073214A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200607024B (en)

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100048513A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-02-25 Hawkins Michael J Novel inhibitors of chymase
JP5004590B2 (en) 2004-12-02 2012-08-22 第一三共株式会社 7-membered ring compounds and their production and pharmaceutical use
WO2007084397A2 (en) * 2006-01-12 2007-07-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Processing of slpi by chymase
JP5404388B2 (en) * 2006-05-10 2014-01-29 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Cold menthol receptor-1 antagonist
US8629281B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-01-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica, Nv Cold menthol receptor-1 antagonists
US8049006B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2011-11-01 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited 7-membered ring compound and method of production and pharmaceutical application thereof
JP4986249B2 (en) 2006-10-06 2012-07-25 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Chymase inhibitor
JP2010506928A (en) * 2006-10-18 2010-03-04 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ New inhibitor of chymase
UY30648A1 (en) * 2006-10-20 2008-05-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv SALT FORMS OF SUBSTITUTED BENZOTIENYL COMPOUNDS
US20080287398A1 (en) * 2007-05-02 2008-11-20 Colburn Raymond W Cold menthol receptor-1 antagonists
JP2011500682A (en) * 2007-10-16 2011-01-06 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Method for synthesizing phosphonic acid and phosphinic acid compounds
US20090169475A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 Molecular Insight Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Radiolabeled derivatives of potent chymase inhibitors
FR2934267B1 (en) * 2008-07-23 2010-08-13 Pharmaleads AMINOPHOSPHINIC DERIVATIVES USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF PAIN
US8263785B2 (en) * 2008-10-29 2012-09-11 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Process for the preparation of chymase modulators
EP2391624B1 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Azaquinazolinediones useful as chymase inhibitors
WO2010101967A2 (en) * 2009-03-04 2010-09-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphothiophene and phosphothiazole hcv polymerase inhibitors
SG181883A1 (en) * 2009-12-25 2012-08-30 Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd Seven-membered ring compound and pharmaceutical use therefor
US8558011B2 (en) 2010-08-31 2013-10-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica, Nv Cold menthol receptor-1 antagonists
CN106467515B (en) * 2015-08-18 2019-09-24 宁波洞密生物科技有限公司 Application of a kind of 6- pyridine benzimidazole indole derivatives and preparation method thereof with field of medicaments
CN107573263B (en) * 2017-08-14 2020-04-07 大连理工大学 Synthetic method of omega-substituted biuret compound
CN108383875B (en) * 2018-03-22 2020-04-28 昆明学院 Silver-catalyzed 3-phosphonomethylindoline and preparation method thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5508273A (en) * 1993-12-30 1996-04-16 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation Substituted phosphonic acids and derivatives useful in treating bone wasting diseases
US6852734B2 (en) * 2000-05-02 2005-02-08 Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. Indole derivatives exhibiting chymase-inhibitory activities and process for preparation thereof

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1399089A (en) 1971-05-14 1975-06-25 Glaxo Lab Ltd Carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof
FR2713637B1 (en) * 1993-12-15 1996-01-05 Cird Galderma New bi-aromatic compounds derived from amide, pharmaceutical and cosmetic compositions containing them and uses.
DE60108236T2 (en) * 2000-03-14 2005-12-22 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline DERIVATIVES

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5508273A (en) * 1993-12-30 1996-04-16 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation Substituted phosphonic acids and derivatives useful in treating bone wasting diseases
US6852734B2 (en) * 2000-05-02 2005-02-08 Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. Indole derivatives exhibiting chymase-inhibitory activities and process for preparation thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2005207856B2 (en) 2011-07-14
CN1934120B (en) 2010-05-26
JP2007518807A (en) 2007-07-12
TW200539881A (en) 2005-12-16
SG149880A1 (en) 2009-02-27
MXPA06008375A (en) 2007-03-21
KR20060129401A (en) 2006-12-15
ES2357013T3 (en) 2011-04-15
EP1716160A2 (en) 2006-11-02
ATE493421T1 (en) 2011-01-15
IL177037A0 (en) 2006-12-10
AU2005207856A1 (en) 2005-08-11
CN1934120A (en) 2007-03-21
KR101182143B1 (en) 2012-09-13
ECSP066721A (en) 2006-10-31
CN101863923B (en) 2013-04-24
CA2554205C (en) 2013-08-27
IL177037A (en) 2013-05-30
CA2554205A1 (en) 2005-08-11
EP1716160B1 (en) 2010-12-29
BRPI0507052A (en) 2007-06-12
NZ548684A (en) 2009-04-30
CN101863923A (en) 2010-10-20
HK1148753A1 (en) 2011-09-16
DE602005025600D1 (en) 2011-02-10
JP5022711B2 (en) 2012-09-12
CR8563A (en) 2009-01-14
EA011745B1 (en) 2009-06-30
US7459444B2 (en) 2008-12-02
ZA200607024B (en) 2010-02-24
WO2005073214A3 (en) 2005-10-20
WO2005073214A2 (en) 2005-08-11
AR047448A1 (en) 2006-01-18
EA200601358A1 (en) 2007-02-27
US20050176769A1 (en) 2005-08-11
NO20063647L (en) 2006-10-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7459444B2 (en) Inhibitors of chymase
US8207338B2 (en) Phosphonic acid compounds as inhibitors of serine proteases
US8546358B2 (en) Method of treating asthma
AU2002356818B2 (en) Phosphonic acid compounds as inhibitors of serine proteases
US7872044B2 (en) Inhibitors of chymase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION